83_FR_18746 83 FR 18664 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Low-Energy Geophysical Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean

83 FR 18664 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Low-Energy Geophysical Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 82 (April 27, 2018)

Page Range18664-18695
FR Document2018-08891

NMFS has received a request from the Scripps Institution of Oceanography (SIO) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to a low-energy marine geophysical survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 82 (Friday, April 27, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 82 (Friday, April 27, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 18664-18695]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-08891]



[[Page 18663]]

Vol. 83

Friday,

No. 82

April 27, 2018

Part II





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Low-Energy Geophysical Survey in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / 
Notices

[[Page 18664]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF986


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Low-Energy Geophysical Survey in 
the Northwest Atlantic Ocean

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography (SIO) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental 
to a low-energy marine geophysical survey in the Northwest Atlantic 
Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is 
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment 
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the 
specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to 
making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA 
authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final 
notice of our decision.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 29, 
2018.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments 
should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at 
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities without change. All 
personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily 
submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit 
confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected 
information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities. In case of problems accessing these 
documents, please call the contact listed above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine 
mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment. This action is consistent with categories of 
activities identified in Categorical Exclusion B4 (incidental 
harassment authorizations with no anticipated serious injury or 
mortality) of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-
6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for 
significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for 
which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would 
preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA 
qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review.

Summary of Request

    On November 20, 2017, NMFS received a request from SIO for an IHA 
to take marine mammals incidental to conducting a low-energy marine 
geophysical survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. On February 8, 
2018, we deemed SIO's application for authorization to be adequate and 
complete. SIO's request is for take of a small number of 35 species of 
marine mammals by Level B harassment and Level A harassment. Neither 
SIO nor NMFS expects mortality to result from this activity, and, 
therefore, an IHA is appropriate. The planned activity is not expected 
to exceed one year, hence, we do not expect subsequent MMPA incidental 
harassment authorizations would be issued for this particular activity.

Description of Proposed Activity

Overview

    SIO proposes to conduct low-energy marine seismic surveys in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean during June-July 2018. The surveys would take 
place in International Waters in water deeper than 1,000 meters (m) 
(See Figure 1 in the IHA application). The proposed surveys would 
involve one source vessel, the R/V Atlantis. The Atlantis would tow a 
pair of 45 cubic inch (in\3\) GI airguns at a depth of 2-4 m with a 
total discharge volume of approximately

[[Page 18665]]

90 in\3\ as an energy source along predetermined lines.

Dates and Duration

    The seismic survey would be carried out for approximately 25 days. 
The Atlantis would likely depart from St. George's, Bermuda, on or 
about June 14, 2018 and would return to Woods Hole, Massachusetts, on 
or about July 17, 2018. Some deviation in timing could result from 
unforeseen events such as weather, logistical issues, or mechanical 
issues with the research vessel and/or equipment. Seismic activities 
would occur 24 hours per day during the proposed survey.

Specific Geographic Region

    The proposed surveys would take place in International Waters of 
the Northwest Atlantic Ocean, between ~33.5[deg] and 53.5[deg] N, and 
37[deg] and 49[deg] W. Representative survey track lines for the survey 
area is shown in Figure 1 of the IHA application. The Atlantis would 
depart from St. George's, Bermuda, and would return to Woods Hole, 
Massachusetts.

Detailed Description of Specific Activity

    SIO proposes to conduct low-energy seismic surveys low-energy 
seismic surveys in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean in International Waters 
between ~33.5[deg] and 53.5[deg] N, and 37[deg] and 49[deg] W, in water 
deeper than 1,000 m. The survey area and representative survey 
tracklines are shown in Figure 1 in the IHA application. As described 
above, some deviation in actual tracklines and timing could be 
necessary. The proposed surveys would be in support of a potential 
future International Ocean Discovery Program (IODP) project and would 
examine regional seismic stratigraphy and provide seismic images of 
changing sediment distributions from deepwater production changes. The 
proposed surveys would thus take place in an area that is of interest 
to the IODP and that has older Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP) sites. 
To achieve the program's goals, the Principal Investigators propose to 
collect low-energy, high-resolution multi-channel seismic (MCS) 
profiles.
    The procedures to be used for the seismic surveys would be similar 
to those used during previous seismic surveys by SIO and would use 
conventional seismic methodology. The surveys would involve one source 
vessel, R/V Atlantis, which is operated by Woods Hole Oceanographic 
Institution (WHOI). R/V Atlantis would deploy a pair of 45-in\3\ GI 
airguns as an energy source with a total volume of 90 in\3\. The 
receiving system would consist of one hydrophone streamer, either 200 
or 600 m in length, as described below. As the airguns are towed along 
the survey lines, the hydrophone streamer would receive the returning 
acoustic signals and transfer the data to the on-board processing 
system.
    The proposed surveys would consist of: (1) Digital bathymetric, 
echosounding and MCS surveys at six locations to enable the selection 
and analysis of potential future IODP drill sites (see Survey Areas 1-6 
in Figure 1 in the IHA application); and (2) digital bathymetric, echo-
sounding and MCS reflection profiles that tie the proposed drill sites 
to existing DSDP drill sites and replace poor-quality analog seismic 
data. Each of the six site surveys would consist of grids of ship 
tracks that would be acquired using two different types of airgun array 
configurations. The first would be a reconnaissance grid designed to 
identify the optimum orientation and length of seismic lines needed for 
a second, higher-data quality survey designed to locate exactly the 
most suitable potential future drill site suggested by results of the 
reconnaissance survey. This two-step effort is needed for two reasons. 
First, most of the proposed survey sites have been crossed by low-
resolution, single-channel, analog seismic data collected 30-40 years 
ago, and as such are only marginally suitable for proper drill site 
selection. Second, basement ridges are typically spaced closer than the 
10-20 kilometer (km) resolution of satellite bathymetry that currently 
provides constraints on seafloor features in this region, making it 
necessary to conduct ship-borne bathymetric surveys as a first 
indicator of potential future drill locations.
    Each reconnaissance grid would be collected using a pair of 45-
in\3\ airguns, with airguns spaced 8 m apart at a water depth of 2-4 m, 
with a 200 m hydrophone streamer and with the vessel traveling at 8 
knots (kt). Each high-quality site-selection grid, embedded entirely 
within the boundaries of the reconnaissance grid, would be collected 
using a pair of 45-in\3\ airguns, with airguns spaced 2 m apart at a 
depth of 2-4 m, with a 600 m hydrophone streamer and with the vessel 
traveling at to 5 kt to achieve especially high-quality seismic 
reflection data.
    A reconnaissance grid and an embedded high-quality survey grid 
would be centered at each of the six Survey Areas, as shown in Figure 1 
of the IHA application. Figure 1 of the IHA application also shows 
representative tracklines for a potential reconnaissance grid 
consisting of four 30 nautical mile (nm) long main lines, three 20 nm 
cross lines, and ~60 nm of turns, for a total of ~240 nm data per 
reconnaissance grid. All data, including turns, would be collected 
inside the boundaries of a 40 x 40 nm box. The location, orientation, 
and size of the embedded high-quality survey grid would depend on the 
information obtained during the reconnaissance survey. A potential 
high-quality grid could have 10 intersecting tracklines. A site 
appropriate for potential future drilling by the IODP would be 
identified with each of these high-quality digital data grids. These 
latter grids would comprise at least 120 nm of data. In addition to the 
six site surveys, MCS profiles would be acquired at a speed of 8 kt, 
with a pair of 45-in\3\ airguns towed 8 m apart at a water depth of 2-4 
m, using a 200-m streamer.
    The six proposed site surveys would collect up to 4,334 km of data; 
survey lines connecting several grids and existing DSDP drill sites, as 
shown in Figure 1, comprise another 3,577 km, for a total of 7,911 km 
of seismic acquisition. All data would be collected in water depths of 
more than 1,000 m. There could be additional seismic operations in the 
project area associated with equipment testing, re-acquisition due to 
equipment malfunction, data degradation during poor weather, or 
interruption due to shutdown or track deviation in compliance with IHA 
requirements. To account for these additional seismic operations, 25 
percent has been added in the form of operational days, which is 
equivalent to adding 25 percent to the proposed line km to be surveyed.
    In addition to the operations of the airgun array, a multibeam 
echosounder (MBES) and a sub-bottom profiler (SBP) would also be 
operated continuously throughout the survey, but not during transits to 
and from the project area. All planned geophysical data acquisition 
activities would be conducted by SIO with on-board assistance by the 
scientists who have proposed the study. The vessel would be self-
contained, and the crew would live aboard the vessel for the entire 
cruise.
    The Atlantis has a length of 84 m, a beam of 16 m, and a maximum 
draft of 5.8 m. The ship is powered by diesel electric motors and 1,180 
SHP azimuthing stern thrusters. An operation speed of approximately 5-8 
kt (9-15 km/hr) would be used during seismic acquisition. When not 
towing seismic survey gear, the Atlantis cruises at approximately 11 kt 
(20 km/hr). It has a normal operating range of approximately 32,000 km. 
The Atlantis would also serve as the platform from

[[Page 18666]]

which vessel-based protected species visual observers (PSO) would watch 
for marine mammals during airgun operations.
    During the survey, the Atlantis would tow a pair of 45-in\3\ GI 
airguns and a 200- or 600-m long streamer containing hydrophones along 
predetermined lines. The generator chamber of each GI airgun, the one 
responsible for introducing the sound pulse into the ocean, is 45 
in\3\. The larger (105 in\3\) injector chamber injects air into the 
previously generated bubble to maintain its shape, and does not 
introduce more sound into the water. The two 45-in\3\ GI airguns would 
be towed 21 m behind R/V Atlantis, 2 m (during 5-kt grid surveys) or 8 
m (8-kt reconnaissance and seismic transect surveys) apart side by 
side, at a depth of 2-4 m. Surveys with the 2-m airgun separation 
configuration would use a 600-m hydrophone streamer, whereas surveys 
with the 8-m airgun separation configuration would use a 200-m 
hydrophone streamer. Seismic pulses would be emitted at intervals of 25 
m for the 5 kt surveys using the 2-m GI airgun separation and at 
intervals of 50 m for the 8 kt surveys using the 8-m airgun separation.

        Table 1--Specifications of the R/V Atlantis Airgun Array
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of airguns.........................  2.
Gun positions used........................  Two inline airguns 2- or 8-m
                                             apart.
Tow depth of energy source................  2-4 m.
Dominant frequency components.............  0-188 Hz.
Air discharge volume......................  Approximately 90 in\3\.
Shot interval.............................  7.8 seconds.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities

    Section 4 of the application summarizes available information 
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and 
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. 
Additional information about these species (e.g., physical and 
behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website 
(www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
    The populations of marine mammals considered in this document do 
not occur within the U.S. EEZ and are therefore not assigned to stocks 
and are not assessed in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR). As such, 
information on potential biological removal (PBR; defined by the MMPA 
as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, 
that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that 
stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population) and on 
annual levels of serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic 
sources are not available for these marine mammal populations. 
Abundance estimates for marine mammals in the survey location are 
lacking; therefore the abundance estimates presented here are based on 
the U.S. Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2017), as this is considered the 
best available information on potential abundance of marine mammals in 
the area. However, as described above, the marine mammals encountered 
by the proposed survey are not assigned to stocks. All abundance 
estimate values presented in Table 2 are the most recent available at 
the time of publication and are available in the 2017 U.S. Atlantic 
draft SARs (e.g., Hayes et al. 2017) available online at: 
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments, except where noted otherwise.
    Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
the survey area and with the potential to be taken as a result of the 
proposed survey, and summarizes information related to the population, 
including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA. For taxonomy, we 
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016).

 Table 2--Marine Mammal Species Potentially Present in the Project Area Expected To Be Affected by the Specified
                                                   Activities
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       ESA/MMPA status;
             Species                     Stock          Strategic (Y/N)     Abundance \2\    Relative occurrence
                                                              \1\                              in project area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Balaenopteridae:
    Humpback whale \3\            n/a................  -/-; N            12,312............  Uncommon.
     (Megaptera novaeangliae).
    Minke whale \4\               n/a................  -/-; N            20,741............  Uncommon.
     (Balaenoptera
     acutorostrata).
    Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera   n/a................  -/-; N            unknown...........  Uncommon.
     brydei).
    Sei whale (Balaenoptera       n/a................  E/D; Y            357...............  Uncommon.
     borealis).
    Fin whale \4\ (Balaenoptera   n/a................  E/D; Y            3,522.............  Uncommon.
     physalus).
    Blue whale (Balaenoptera      n/a................  E/D; Y            440...............  Uncommon.
     musculus).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Physeteridae:
    Sperm whale (Physeter         n/a................  E/D; Y            2,288.............  Uncommon.
     macrocephalus).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Kogiidae:
    Pygmy sperm whale \5\ (Kogia  n/a................  -/-; N            3,785.............  Rare.
     breviceps).
    Dwarf sperm whale \5\ (Kogia  n/a................  -/-; N            3,785.............  Rare.
     sima).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18667]]

 
        Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Delphinidae:
    Killer whale (Orcinus orca).  n/a................  -/-; N            unknown...........  Uncommon.
    False killer whale            n/a................  -/-; N            442...............  Uncommon.
     (Pseudorca crassidens).
    Pygmy killer whale (Feresa    n/a................  -/-; N            unknown...........  Rare.
     attenuata).
    Short-finned pilot whale      n/a................  -/-; N            21,515............  Uncommon.
     (Globicephala
     macrorhynchus).
    Long-finned pilot whale       n/a................  -/-; N            5,636.............  Uncommon.
     (Globicephala melas).
    Harbor porpoise (Phocoena     n/a................  -/-; N            79,833............  Uncommon.
     phocoena).
    Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops  n/a................  -/-; N            77,532............  Uncommon.
     truncatus).
    Striped dolphin (Stenella     n/a................  -/-; N            54,807............  Uncommon.
     coeruleoala).
    Risso's dolphin (Grampus      n/a................  -/-; N            18,250............  Uncommon.
     griseus).
    Common dolphin \4\            n/a................  -; N              173,486...........  Uncommon.
     (Delphinus delphis).
    Atlantic white-sided dolphin  n/a................  -; N              48,819............  Uncommon.
     (Lagenorhynchus
     obliquidens).
    Atlantic spotted dolphin      n/a................  -; N              44,715............  Uncommon.
     (Stenella frontalis).
    Pantropical spotted dolphin   n/a................  -; N              3,333.............  Uncommon.
     (Stenella attenuate).
    White beaked dolphin          n/a................  -; N              2,003.............  Uncommon.
     (Lagenorhynchus
     albirostris).
    Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno  n/a................  -; N              271...............  Rare.
     bredanensis).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Ziphiidae:
    Cuvier's beaked whale         n/a................  -/-; N            6,532.............  Uncommon.
     (Ziphius cavirostris).
    Blainville's beaked whale     n/a................  -; N              7,092.............  Uncommon.
     \6\ (Mesoplodon
     densirostris).
    True's beaked whale \6\       n/a................  -/-; N            7,092.............  Rare.
     (Mesoplodon mirus).
    Gervais beaked whale \6\      n/a................  -; N              7,092.............  Uncommon.
     (Mesoplodon europaeus).
    Sowerby's beaked whale \6\    n/a................  -; N              7,092.............  Uncommon.
     (Mesoplodon bidens).
    Northern bottlenose whale     n/a................  -; N              unknown...........  Uncommon.
     (Hyperoodon ampullatus).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family: Phocidae (earless
 seals):
    Hooded seal (Cystophora       n/a................  -; N              592,100...........  Rare.
     cristata).
    Harp seal (Pagophilus         n/a................  -; N              7,100,000.........  Rare.
     groenlandicus).
    Ringed seal (Pusa hispida)    n/a................  -; N              unknown...........  Rare.
     \7\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-)
  indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the
  MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is
  determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or
  stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ Abundance estimates are from the NMFS 2017 draft Atlantic SAR (Hayes et al., 2017) unless otherwise noted.
  We note that marine mammals in the survey area would not belong to NMFS stocks, as the survey area is outside
  the geographic boundaries for stock assessments, thus stock abundance estimates are provided for comparison
  purposes only.
\3\ NMFS defines a stock of humpback whales only on the basis of the Gulf of Maine feeding population; however,
  multiple feeding populations originate from the Distinct Population Segment (DPS) that is expected to occur in
  the proposed survey area (the West Indies DPS). As West Indies DPS whales from multiple feeding populations
  may be encountered in the proposed survey area, the total abundance of the West Indies DPS best reflects the
  abundance of the population that may encountered by the proposed survey. The West Indies DPS abundance
  estimate shown here reflects the latest estimate as described in the NMFS Status Review of the Humpback Whale
  under the Endangered Species Act (Bettridge et al., 2015).
\4\ Abundance for these species is from the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which
  provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from
  TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey
  effort provided superior coverage of a stock's range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), we elect
  to use the resulting abundance estimate over the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort
  with inferior coverage of the stock range).
\5\ Abundance estimate represents pygmy and dwarf sperm whales combined.
\6\ Abundance estimate represents all species of Mesoplodon in the Atlantic.
\7\ NMFS does not have a defined stock of ringed seals in the Atlantic Ocean.

    Four marine mammal species that are listed under the Endangered 
Species Act (ESA) may be present in the survey area and are included in 
the take request: The fin whale, sei whale, blue whale and sperm whale.
    Below is a description of the species that are both common in the 
survey area and that have the highest likelihood of occurring in the 
survey area and thus are expected to have the potential to be taken by 
the proposed activities. Though other marine mammal species are known 
to occur in the North Atlantic Ocean, the temporal and/or spatial 
occurrence of several of these species is such that take of these 
species is not expected to occur, and they are therefore not discussed 
further beyond the explanation provided here. Four cetacean species, 
although present in the wider North Atlantic Ocean, likely would not be 
found near the proposed project area because their ranges generally do 
not extend as far north: Clymene dolphin, Fraser's dolphin, spinner 
dolphin, and melon-headed

[[Page 18668]]

whale. Another cetacean species, the North Atlantic right whale, occurs 
in nearshore waters off the U.S. coast, and its range does not extend 
as far offshore as the proposed project area. Another three cetacean 
species occur in arctic waters, and their ranges generally do not 
extend as far south as the proposed project area: The bowhead whale, 
narwhal, and beluga. Two additional cetacean species, the Atlantic 
humpback dolphin (which occurs in coastal waters of western Africa) and 
the long-beaked common dolphin (which occurs in coastal waters of South 
America and western Africa) do not occur in deep offshore waters. 
Several pinniped species also are known to occur in North Atlantic 
waters, but are not expected to occur in deep offshore waters of the 
proposed project area, including the gray seal, harbor seal, and 
bearded seal.
    We have reviewed SIO's species descriptions, including life history 
information, distribution, regional distribution, diving behavior, and 
acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and completeness. We refer the 
reader to Section 4 of SIO's IHA application, rather than reprinting 
the information here.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales are found worldwide in all ocean basins. In winter, 
most humpback whales occur in the subtropical and tropical waters of 
the Northern and Southern Hemispheres (Muto et al., 2015). These 
wintering grounds are used for mating, giving birth, and nursing new 
calves. Humpback whales were listed as endangered under the Endangered 
Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced 
the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS 
recently evaluated the status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, 
NMFS divided the species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), 
removed the current species-level listing, and in its place listed four 
DPSs as endangered and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 
2016). The remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The West Indies DPS, 
which is not listed under the ESA, is the only DPS of humpback whale 
that is expected to occur in the survey area.
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N during the summer; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] 
N. Several sightings have been made in water >2,000 m deep during the 
summer to the west of SIO's proposed Survey Areas 4, 5, and 6, and 
northwest of Survey Area 6 (Figure 1 in the IHA application) (DFO 
Sightings Database 2017; OBIS, 2017). Two humpback whales outfitted 
with satellite transmitters near the Dominican Republic during winter 
and spring of 2008 to 2012 were later reported off the east coast of 
Canada, as well as near the proposed project area between Survey Sites 
4 and 5 (Kennedy et al. 2014). Humpback whales were sighted during a 
summer survey along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to north of the 
Azores, including east of the survey area (Waring et al. 2008) and they 
have also been sighted near the Mid-Atlantic Ridge near the Azores 
(Silva et al. 2014; OBIS, 2017). Humpback whales could be encountered 
in the proposed project area during June-July, especially north of 
40[deg] N.

Minke Whale

    The minke whale has a cosmopolitan distribution ranging from the 
tropics and subtropics to the ice edge in both hemispheres (Jefferson 
et al. 2008). Some populations migrate from high latitude summering 
grounds to lower latitude wintering grounds (Jefferson et al. 2015). In 
the Northern Hemisphere, the minke whale is usually seen in coastal 
areas, but can also occur in pelagic waters during northward migrations 
in spring and summer, and southward migration in autumn (Stewart and 
Leatherwood, 1985; Perrin and Brownell, 2009). Based on density 
modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western North Atlantic, 
higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] N; very low 
densities are expected south of 40[deg] N. One minke whale was sighted 
during a summer survey along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to 
north of the Azores, east of SIO's proposed Survey Area 5 (Figure 1 in 
the IHA application) (Waring et al., 2008), and one sighting was made 
during June 2006 to the east of SIO's proposed Survey Area 6 at 
53.3[deg] N, 40.9[deg] W (OBIS 2017). Other minke whale sightings have 
also been reported between the proposed project area and the Mid-
Atlantic Ridge (OBIS 2017), and sightings have been made to the west of 
SIO's proposed Survey Areas 2 to 6 during summer and other seasons (DFO 
Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017).

Bryde's Whale

    Bryde's whales are distributed worldwide in tropical and sub-
tropical waters, but the taxonomy and number of species and/or 
subspecies of Bryde's whales in the world is currently a topic of 
debate (Kato and Perrin 2009; Rosel and Wilcox 2014). In the western 
Atlantic Ocean, Bryde's whales are reported from the southeastern 
United States including the Gulf of Mexico and the southern West Indies 
to Cabo Frio, Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves, 1983). Bryde's whales 
have been observed feeding in the Azores during their northward spring 
migration (Villa et al. 2011), but the distribution of Bryde's whale 
elsewhere in the North Atlantic is not well known, though there are 
records from Virginia south to Brazil in the west, and from Morocco 
south to Cape of Good Hope in the east (Kato and Perrin, 2009). There 
was one Bryde's whale sighting reported at ~40[deg] N during a survey 
along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge north of the Azores (Waring et al. 2008). 
Bryde's whales could be encountered in the proposed project area during 
June-July.

Sei Whale

    The sei whale occurs in all ocean basins (Horwood 2009) but appears 
to prefer mid-latitude temperate waters (Jefferson et al. 2008). It 
undertakes seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar latitudes during 
summer and returns to lower latitudes during winter to calve (Horwood 
2009). The sei whale is pelagic and generally not found in coastal 
waters (Harwood and Wilson 2001). It occurs in deeper waters 
characteristic of the continental shelf edge region (Hain et al. 1985) 
and in other regions of steep bathymetric relief such as seamounts and 
canyons (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and Trites 2001).
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N during the summer; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] 
N. Sei whales are regularly sighted near the Azores during spring 
(V[iacute]kingsson et al. 2010; Ryan et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014), 
and numerous sightings have also been made there during summer (Silva 
et al. 2014; OBIS 2017). One sei whale that was tagged in the Azores 
during 2005 (Olsen et al. 2009) and seven individuals that were tagged 
in the Azores during May-June 2008 and 2009 travelled to the Labrador 
Sea, where they spent extended periods of time on the northern shelf, 
presumably to feed (Prieto et al. 2010, 2014), then travelled 
northbound from the Azores just to the east of SIO's proposed Survey 
Areas 3 and 4, and between Survey Areas 5 and 6, during May and June, 
en route to the Labrador Sea (Olsen et al. 2009; Prieto et al. 2010, 
2014). Sei whales could be encountered in the proposed project area 
during June-July, especially north of 40[deg] N.

[[Page 18669]]

Fin Whale

    Fin whales are found throughout all oceans from tropical to polar 
latitudes. The species occurs most commonly offshore but can also be 
found in coastal areas (Aguilar, 2009). Most populations migrate 
seasonally between temperate waters where mating and calving occur in 
winter, and polar waters where feeding occurs in summer (Aguilar, 
2009). However, recent evidence suggests that some animals may remain 
at high latitudes in winter or low latitudes in summer (Edwards et al. 
2015).
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] N. Fin whales are 
commonly sighted off Newfoundland and Labrador, with most records for 
June through November (DFO Sightings Database 2017). Several fin whale 
sightings have been made to the west of SIO's proposed Survey Areas 3 
to 6 (see Figure 1 in IHA application) (DFO Sightings Database 2017; 
OBIS 2017). One sighting was made near SIO's proposed Survey Area 5 at 
53[deg] N, 40[deg] W (OBIS 2017). Fin whales were sighted during a 
summer survey along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to north of the 
Azores, including east of SIO's proposed Survey Area 5 and between 40 
and 45[deg] N (Waring et al. 2008). Several sightings have also been 
made between the proposed project area and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (OBIS 
2017) and fin whales were seen near the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at ~60[deg] 
N in July 2012 (Ryan et al. 2013). Fin whales could be encountered in 
the proposed project area during June-July, especially north of 40[deg] 
N.

Blue Whale

    The blue whale has a cosmopolitan distribution and tends to be 
pelagic, only coming nearshore to feed and possibly to breed (Jefferson 
et al. 2008). Blue whale migration is less well defined than for some 
other rorquals, and their movements tend to be more closely linked to 
areas of high primary productivity, and hence prey, to meet their high 
energetic demands (Branch et al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are 
seasonal migrants between high latitudes in the summer, where they 
feed, and low latitudes in the winter, where they mate and give birth 
(Lockyer and Brown 1981). Some individuals may stay in low or high 
latitudes throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer 1990; Watkins et al. 
2000).
    Blue whales are uncommon in the waters of Newfoundland, but are 
seen from spring through fall, with most sightings reported for July 
and August (DFO Sightings Database 2017). Blue whales have also been 
observed off Newfoundland to the west of SIO's proposed Survey Areas 2 
and 3 (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017), as well as northwest of 
SIO's proposed Survey Area 6 (OBIS 2017). Blue whales were seen during 
a summer survey along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to north of 
the Azores, between 40 and 45[deg] N (Waring et al. 2008). 
Additionally, blue whales outfitted with satellite tags were tracked 
from the Azores northward along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge during spring 
2009 and 2011 (Silva et al. 2013). They have also been sighted in the 
Azores during late spring and summer (Ryan et al. 2013; OBIS 2017). 
Blue whales could be encountered within the proposed project area 
during June-July, but are considered to be uncommon in the area.

Sperm Whale

    Sperm whales are found throughout the world's oceans in deep waters 
between about 60[deg] N and 60[deg] S latitudes. Their distribution is 
dependent on their food source and suitable conditions for breeding, 
and varies with the sex and age composition of the group. They are 
generally distributed over large areas that have high secondary 
productivity and steep underwater topography, in waters at least 1,000 
m deep (Jaquet and Whitehead 1996; Whitehead 2009). Based on density 
modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017), sperm whale are expected to occur 
throughout the deeper offshore waters of the western North Atlantic. 
Sightings of sperm whales were also made on and east of the Flemish 
Cap, along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from at least 32 to 57[deg] N, and 
near SIO's proposed Survey Areas 1-4 and the seismic transects south of 
45.5[deg] N (OBIS 2017). Sperm whales were the second most commonly 
sighted cetacean species (n = 48) during a summer survey along the Mid-
Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to north of the Azores; sightings were more 
abundant at and north of ~52[deg] N, including to the east of SIO's 
proposed Survey Site 5 (Waring et al. 2008). Sperm whales were also 
sighted ~500 km north of Survey Area 1 during the summer 2004 seismic 
survey by L-DEO (Haley and Koski, 2004). There are also numerous 
sightings of sperm whales in the Azores (Morato et al. 2008; Ryan et 
al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017). Sperm whales could be 
encountered in the proposed project area during June-July.

Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whale

    Pygmy sperm whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Ross and Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper 
waters with observations of this species in greater than 4,000 m depth 
(Baird et al., 2013). Both Kogia species are sighted primarily along 
the continental shelf edge and slope and over deeper waters off the 
shelf (Hansen et al. 1994; Davis et al. 1998). Several studies have 
suggested that pygmy sperm whales live mostly beyond the continental 
shelf edge, whereas dwarf sperm whales tend to occur closer to shore, 
often over the continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et al. 2002; MacLeod 
et al. 2004). Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for 
the western North Atlantic, slightly higher densities are expected to 
occur south of 40[deg] N compared to northern regions. Pygmy and dwarf 
sperm whales likely would be rare in the proposed project area.

Cuvier's Beaked Whale

    Cuvier's beaked whale is the most widespread of the beaked whales 
occurring in almost all temperate, subtropical, and tropical waters and 
even some sub-polar and polar waters (MacLeod et al. 2006). It is found 
in deep water over and near the continental slope (Jefferson et al. 
2008). There is one record of a Cuvier's beaked whale from June 2006 
between the proposed seismic transects at 51.4[deg] N, 43.1[deg] W, as 
well as numerous sightings from the Azores (Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 
2017). Cuvier's beaked whales could be encountered in the proposed 
project area.

Mesoplodont Beaked Whales (Including True's, Gervais', Sowerby's, and 
Blainville's Beaked Whale)

    Mesoplodont beaked whales are distributed throughout deep waters 
and along the continental slopes of the North Atlantic Ocean. True's 
beaked whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in warm temperate waters of 
the North Atlantic and southern Indian oceans (Pitman 2009). Gervais' 
beaked whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in tropical and warmer 
temperate waters of the Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al. 2015). 
Sowerby's beaked whale occurs in cold temperate waters of the Atlantic 
from the Labrador Sea to the Norwegian Sea, and south to New England, 
the Azores, and Madeira (Mead 1989). Blainville's beaked whale is found 
in tropical and warm temperate waters of all oceans; it has the widest 
distribution throughout the world of all mesoplodont species and 
appears to be relatively common

[[Page 18670]]

(Pitman 2009). Relatively few records exist of Mesoplodont beaked whale 
observations in the proposed survey area. There are 16 records of 
Sowerby's beaked whale near the Azores (OBIS 2017) and 10 records of 
stranded Sowerby's beaked whales were recorded in the central group of 
islands in the Azores from 2002 through 2009 (Pereira et al. 2011). 
Mesoplodont beaked whales, including True's, Gervais', Sowerby's, and 
Blainville's beaked whale, may be encountered in the proposed project 
area.

Northern Bottlenose Whale

    Northern bottlenose whales are distributed in the North Atlantic 
from Nova Scotia to about 70[deg] N in the Davis Strait, along the east 
coast of Greenland to 77[deg] N and from England, Norway, Iceland and 
the Faroe Islands to the south coast of Svalbard. It is largely a deep-
water species and is very seldom found in waters less than 2,000 m deep 
(Mead, 1989; Whitehead and Hooker, 2012). There are two records just 
west of SIO's proposed Survey Area 4, four records for the Mid-Atlantic 
Ridge between 52.8 and 54.3[deg] N, and one record northeast of the 
beginning of the southwestern-most seismic transect (OBIS 2017). 
Northern bottlenose whales were also sighted ~520 km north of Survey 
Area 1 during the summer 2004 seismic survey by L-DEO (Haley and Koski 
2004). Sightings have also been made in the Azores, including during 
summer (Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017). Northern bottlenose whales could 
be encountered in the proposed project area.

Killer Whale

    Killer whales have been observed in all oceans and seas of the 
world (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978). Killer whale distribution in the 
Western Atlantic extends from the Arctic ice edge to the West Indies. 
Although reported from tropical and offshore waters (Heyning and 
Dahlheim 1988), killer whales prefer the colder waters of both 
hemispheres, with greatest abundances found within 800 km of major 
continents (Mitchell 1975). Killer whales have been sighted in shelf 
and offshore waters of Newfoundland and Labrador during June to 
September (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017). There is one record 
near SIO's proposed Survey Area 6, one near the end of the proposed 
seismic transect heading southwest of Survey Area 6, east of the 
Flemish Cap, and northwest of Survey Area 1 (OBIS 2017). One record was 
made on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at ~56[deg] N, and there are numerous 
records for the Azores (OBIS 2017). Killer whales could be encountered 
within the proposed project area during June-July.

False Killer Whale

    The false killer whale is distributed worldwide throughout warm 
temperate and tropical oceans (Jefferson et al., 2008). This species is 
usually sighted in offshore waters but in some cases inhabits waters 
closer shore (e.g., Hawaii, Baird et al., 2013). While records from the 
U.S. western North Atlantic have been uncommon, the combination of 
sighting, stranding and bycatch records indicates that this species 
routinely occurs in the western North Atlantic. The pelagic range in 
the North Atlantic is usually southward of ~30[deg] N but wanderers 
have been recorded as far north as Norway (Jefferson et al., 2015). 
There is one record just to the west of Survey Areas 3 and 4, two 
records on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 51[deg] and 52[deg] N, and 
numerous records in and around the Azores (OBIS 2017). Silva et al. 
(2014) also reported records for the Azores. False killer whales could 
be encountered in the proposed project area.

Pygmy Killer Whale

    The pygmy sperm whale is distributed worldwide in temperate to 
tropical waters (Caldwell and Caldwell, 1989; McAlpine, 2002). 
Sightings in the western North Atlantic occur in oceanic waters (Mullin 
and Fulling, 2003). There are no records of this species near the 
proposed project area in the OBIS database (OBIS 2017). Pygmy killer 
whales are expected to be rare within and near the proposed project 
area.

Short-Finned Pilot Whale

    Short-finned pilot whales are found in all oceans, primarily in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2016). The species 
prefers deeper waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m, with most 
sightings between 500 m and 3,000 m (Baird 2016). Although there are no 
records near the proposed project area, sightings have been reported 
for the Azores (OBIS 2017). Short-finned pilot whales could be 
encountered in the proposed project area.

Long-Finned Pilot Whale

    Long-finned pilot whales occur in temperate and sub-polar zones 
(Jefferson et al. 2015) and can be found in inshore or offshore waters 
of the North Atlantic (Olson 2009). In the Northern Hemisphere, their 
range includes the U.S. east coast, Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Azores, 
Madeira, North Africa, western Mediterranean Sea, North Sea, Greenland 
and the Barents Sea. Long-finned pilot whales are commonly sighted off 
Newfoundland and Labrador (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OIBS 2017); 
although sightings have been reported year-round, most have occurred 
during July and August (DFO Sightings Database 2017). There are 
numerous records near the deep waters of the proposed project area, 
including sightings near SIO's proposed Survey Area 5 and near the end 
of the seismic transect heading south of Area 5, and on and east of the 
Flemish Cap (OBIS 2017). Long-finned pilot whales were also sighted 
~520 km north of Survey Area 1 during the summer 2004 seismic survey by 
L-DEO (Haley and Koski 2004). The long-finned pilot whale could be 
encountered in the proposed study area.

Bottlenose Dolphin

    Bottlenose dolphins are widely distributed throughout the world in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Perrin et al. 2009). Generally, 
there are two distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes: One mainly found in 
coastal waters and one mainly found in oceanic waters (Duffield et al. 
1983; Hoelzel et al. 1998; Walker et al. 1999). As well as inhabiting 
different areas, these ecotypes differ in their diving abilities 
(Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead and Potter 1995). Only the offshore 
ecotype is expected to occur in the proposed survey area. Based on 
modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017), densities are expected to be low 
throughout the deep offshore waters of the western North Atlantic. 
However, in the OBIS database, there are records throughout the North 
Atlantic, including in offshore waters near the proposed project area 
between SIO's proposed survey transects at 49.3[deg] N, 42.7[deg] W; 
near Survey Areas 2, 3, and 4; near Sites 558 and 563; and west of 
Survey Area 1 near the seismic transect (OBIS 2017). Bottlenose 
dolphins were sighted ~500 km north of Survey Area 1 during the summer 
2004 seismic survey by L-DEO (Haley and Koski 2004). They have also 
been reported in the Azores (Morato et al. 2008; Silva et al. 2014; 
OBIS 2017). Bottlenose dolphins could be encountered in the proposed 
project area.

Pantropical Spotted Dolphin

    The pantropical spotted dolphin is distributed worldwide in 
tropical and some sub-tropical oceans (Perrin et al. 1987; Perrin and 
Hohn 1994). In the Atlantic, it can occur from ~40[deg] N to 40[deg] S 
but is much more abundant in the lower latitudes (Jefferson et al. 
2015). Pantropical spotted dolphins are usually

[[Page 18671]]

pelagic, although they occur close to shore where water near the coast 
is deep (Jefferson et al. 2015). One sighting was made in May 2012 in 
the proposed project area at 36.3[deg] N, 53.3[deg] W north of the 
southern-most seismic transect (OBIS 2017). Pantropical spotted 
dolphins could be encountered in the proposed project area.

Atlantic Spotted Dolphin

    Atlantic spotted dolphins are distributed in tropical and warm 
temperate waters of the western North Atlantic (Leatherwood et al., 
1976). Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017), Atlantic 
spotted dolphins occur throughout the western North Atlantic up to 
~45[deg] N, with slightly higher densities along 40[deg] N and ~32[deg] 
N. There are sighting records near SIO's proposed Survey Area 2, and 
between the Grand Banks and the southern-most seismic transect (OBIS 
2017). One sighting was made at 34.0[deg] N, 51.7[deg] W just to the 
northwest of Survey Area 1 during the spring 2013 L-DEO seismic survey 
in the Mid-Atlantic (Milne et al. 2013). Atlantic spotted dolphins were 
also sighted ~520 km north of Survey Area 1 during the summer 2004 
seismic survey by L-DEO (Haley and Koski 2004). Sightings have also 
been made near the Azores, including during spring and summer (Morato 
et al. 2008; Ryan et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017). Atlantic 
spotted dolphins could be encountered in the proposed project area.

Striped Dolphin

    Striped dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Carretta et al., 2016). Striped dolphins are a 
deep water species, preferring depths greater than 3,500 m (Baird 
2016), but have been observed approaching shore where there is deep 
water close to the coast (Jefferson et al. 2008). Based on density 
modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western North Atlantic, 
higher densities are expected in offshore waters north of ~38[deg] N, 
with the lowest densities south of ~30[deg] N. There are sighting 
records for the deep offshore waters between the coast of Canada and 
the Mid-Atlantic Ridge for May through August, including near SIO's 
proposed Survey Areas 2 and 3 (OBIS 2017). Sightings were also made in 
June 2004 along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 41[deg] and 49[deg] N 
(Doks[aelig]ter et al. 2008). Striped dolphins also occur in the Azores 
(Ryan et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017). Striped dolphins 
could be encountered in the proposed project area.

Common Dolphin

    The common dolphin may be one of the most widely distributed 
species of cetaceans, as it is found world-wide in temperate and 
subtropical seas. It is common in coastal waters 200-300 m deep (Evans 
1994), but it can also occur thousands of kilometers offshore; the 
pelagic range in the North Atlantic extends south to ~35[deg] N 
(Jefferson et al. 2015). Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. 
(2017) for the western North Atlantic, higher densities occur in 
offshore areas north of ~40[deg] N; very low densities are expected 
south of 40[deg] N. There are records throughout the North Atlantic, 
including sightings on the shelf and offshore of Newfoundland and the 
deep waters of the proposed project area (OBIS 2017). There are 
sighting records just south of SIO's proposed Survey Area 5 along the 
seismic transect and near Survey Areas 1-4 (OBIS 2017). There are 
numerous records along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 35[deg] and 
52[deg] N (Doks[aelig]ter et al. 2008; OBIS 2017). Common dolphins also 
occur in the Azores (Morato et al. 2008; Ryan et al. 2013; Silva et al. 
2014; OBIS 2017). Common dolphins could be encountered in the proposed 
project area.

Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin

    White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of 
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m 
depth contour. In the western North Atlantic the species inhabits 
waters from central West Greenland to North Carolina (about 35[deg] N) 
and perhaps as far east as 29[deg] W in the vicinity of the mid-
Atlantic Ridge (Evans 1987; Hamazaki 2002; Doksaeter et al. 2008; 
Waring et al. 2008). Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. 
(2017) for the western North Atlantic, densities are highest north of 
40[deg] N, with densities gradually decreasing to the south. Sighting 
records exist within or near the proposed project area, including near 
SIO's proposed Survey Areas 5 and 6, along the seismic transect heading 
southwest of Survey Area 6, near Survey Areas 3 and 4, Site 563, and 
north of Survey Area 1 (OBIS 2017). There are also several records 
along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 35[deg] and 60[deg] N 
(Doks[aelig]ter et al. 2008; OBIS 2017). Atlantic white-sided dolphins 
are likely to be encountered in the proposed project area during June-
July.

White-Beaked Dolphin

    The white-beaked dolphin is found in waters from southern New 
England to southern Greenland and Davis Straits (Leatherwood et al. 
1976; CETAP 1982), across the Atlantic to the Barents Sea and south to 
at least Portugal (Reeves et al. 1999). It appears to prefer deep 
waters along the outer shelf and slope, but can also occur in shallow 
areas and far offshore (Jefferson et al. 2015). One sighting of white-
beaked dolphin was made in the deep waters off Newfoundland, southwest 
of SIO's proposed Survey Area 6 near the proposed seismic transect, 
during July 2012 (Ryan et al. 2013). Another sighting was made near the 
proposed seismic transect southwest of Survey Area 5 at 50.1[deg] N, 
40.8[deg] W during March 2011 (OBIS 2017). White-beaked dolphins were 
observed on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at 56.4[deg] N during June 2004 
(Skov et al. 2004). White-beaked dolphins could be encountered in the 
proposed project area during June-July.

Risso's Dolphin

    Risso's dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2016). The species occurs from coastal to deep water 
but is most often found in depths greater than 3,000 m with the highest 
sighting rate in depths greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It primarily 
occurs between 60[deg] N and 60[deg] S where surface water temperatures 
are at least 10 [deg]C (Kruse et al. 1999). Based on density modeling 
by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western North Atlantic, higher 
densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] N; very low densities 
are expected south of 40[deg] N. There is one sighting record near 
SIO's proposed Survey Area 4, just north of the end of the proposed 
seismic transect; and one sighting has been reported near Survey Area 2 
(OBIS 2017). There are numerous records for the Azores (Silva et al. 
2014; OBIS 2017). Risso's dolphin could be encountered in the proposed 
project area during June-July.

Harbor Porpoise

    The harbor porpoise inhabits temperate, subarctic, and arctic 
waters. It is typically found in shallow water (<100 m) nearshore, but 
it is occasionally sighted in deeper offshore water (Jefferson et al. 
2015). In the western North Atlantic, it occurs from the southeastern 
United States to Baffin Island; in the eastern North Atlantic 
(Jefferson et al. 2015). The harbor porpoise is generally considered 
uncommon in the offshore regions of the proposed project area, although 
sightings have been made along the outer shelf of Newfoundland and the 
Flemish Cap (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017). Mannocci et al. 
(2017) reported relatively high densities in offshore waters north of 
~40[deg] N; very

[[Page 18672]]

low densities are expected to occur south of ~38[deg] N. Harbor 
porpoises have been sighted in the Azores from May through September 
(OBIS 2017). Given their preference for coastal waters, harbor 
porpoises are expected to be uncommon near the proposed survey area.

Ringed Seal

    Ringed seals have a circumpolar distribution and are found in all 
seasonally ice-covered seas of the Northern Hemisphere as well as in 
certain freshwater lakes (King 1983). The subspecies P.h. hispida 
(Arctic ringed seal) occurs in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. The 
southern range of the ringed seal extends to the coasts of Labrador and 
northern Newfoundland, where it most commonly occurs from November to 
January (Stenson 1994). As the range of this species includes the 
waters off southern Greenland and the Labrador Sea, it could be 
encountered in the proposed project area, but ringed seals are likely 
to be rare within and near the proposed project area.

Harp Seal

    The harp seal occurs throughout much of the North Atlantic and 
Arctic Oceans (Ronald and Healey 1981; Lavigne and Kovacs 1988). Harp 
seals are highly migratory (Sergeant 1965; Stenson and Sjare 1997). 
Breeding occurs at different times for each stock between late February 
and April. Adults then assemble on suitable pack ice to undergo the 
annual molt. The migration then continues north to Arctic summer 
feeding grounds. Harp seals have mainly been sighted on the shelf off 
Newfoundland, but there are no sightings in the OBIS database for the 
proposed project area (OBIS 2017). Harp seals are likely to be rare 
within and near the proposed project area during June-July.

Hooded Seal

    The hooded seal occurs throughout much of the North Atlantic and 
Arctic Oceans (King 1983) preferring deeper water and occurring farther 
offshore than harp seals (Sergeant 1976a; Campbell 1987; Lavigne and 
Kovacs 1988; Stenson et al. 1996). Hooded seals remain on the 
Newfoundland continental shelf during winter/spring (Stenson et al. 
1996) and breeding occurs in March. Hooded seals have been reported in 
shelf and offshore waters of Newfoundland throughout the year, 
including west of Survey Area 6 and near the seismic transect southwest 
of SIO's proposed Survey Area 6, during summer (Stenson and Kavanagh 
1994; Andersen et al. 2009, 2012). Vagrants, especially juveniles, have 
been reported in the Azores and off northwestern Africa (Jefferson et 
al. 2015). However, there are no sightings in the OBIS database for the 
proposed project area (OBIS 2017). Hooded seals are likely to be rare 
within and near the proposed project area during June-July.

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals 
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious 
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to 
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine 
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine 
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et 
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect 
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided 
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated 
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data, 
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques, 
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements 
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes 
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described 
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. 
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 dB 
threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with the exception 
for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was 
deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall 
et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and the associated 
frequencies are indicated below (note that these frequency ranges 
correspond to the range for the composite group, with the entire range 
not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every species within 
that group):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35 
kilohertz (kHz);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data 
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kH.
    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 
2013).
    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
Thirty-three marine mammal species (thirty cetacean and three pinniped 
(all phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with 
the proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the 
cetacean species that may be present, six are classified as low-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), twenty-two are 
classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid species, 
beaked whales, and the sperm whale), and three are classified as a 
high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., harbor porpoise, pygmy and dwarf sperm 
whales).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section 
later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number 
of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination'' section considers the 
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental 
Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to draw 
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those 
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources

    This section contains a brief technical background on sound, the 
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this 
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified 
activity and to a

[[Page 18673]]

discussion of the potential effects of the specified activity on marine 
mammals found later in this document.
    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance 
between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of 
one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower 
frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly, 
except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of 
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is typically 
described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A sound pressure 
level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure 
and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal 
([mu]Pa)) and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations 
in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to 
large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL) represents the 
SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 
[mu]Pa) while the received level is the SPL at the listener's position 
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring 
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the 
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for 
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all 
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of 
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often 
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because 
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be 
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s) 
represents the total energy contained within a pulse and considers both 
intensity and duration of exposure. Peak sound pressure (also referred 
to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum instantaneous 
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the 
source and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure. 
Another common metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure (pk-pk), which is 
the algebraic difference between the peak positive and peak negative 
sound pressures. Peak-to-peak pressure is typically approximately 6 dB 
higher than peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a 
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either 
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions 
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for pulses produced by the 
airgun arrays considered here. The compressions and decompressions 
associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by 
aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level 
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated 
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., 
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., 
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and 
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number 
of sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following 
(Richardson et al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend 
to increase with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound 
becomes important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance 
of 8.5 km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz 
band during heavy surf conditions;
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total sound at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times;
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The 
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz 
to over 100 kHz; and
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and 
construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys, 
sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically 
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300 
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz 
and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate 
rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the 
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed 
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through 
the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from a given 
activity may be a negligible addition to the local environment or could 
form a distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals. Details of 
source types are described in the following text.
    Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types: 
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction 
between these two sound types is important because they have differing 
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to 
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see 
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
    Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic 
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur 
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds 
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient

[[Page 18674]]

pressure to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period 
that may include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and 
minimal pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce 
physical injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or 
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; 
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals 
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g., 
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced 
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or 
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as 
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received 
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant 
environment.
    Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals with energy in a frequency 
range from about 10-2,000 Hz, with most energy radiated at frequencies 
below 200 Hz. The amplitude of the acoustic wave emitted from the 
source is equal in all directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but airgun 
arrays do possess some directionality due to different phase delays 
between guns in different directions. Airgun arrays are typically tuned 
to maximize functionality for data acquisition purposes, meaning that 
sound transmitted in horizontal directions and at higher frequencies is 
minimized to the extent possible.
    As described above, a MBES and a SBP would also be operated from 
the Atlantis continuously throughout the survey, but not during 
transits to and from the project area. Due to the lower source level of 
the SBP relative to the Atlantis's airgun array, the sounds from the 
SBP are expected to be effectively subsumed by the sounds from the 
airgun array. Thus, any marine mammal that was exposed to sounds from 
the SBP would already have been exposed to sounds from the airgun 
array, which are expected to propagate further in the water. As such, 
the SBP is not expected to result in the take of any marine mammal that 
has not already been taken by the sounds from the airgun array, and 
therefore we do not consider noise from the SBP further in this 
analysis. Each ping emitted by the MBES consists of four successive 
fan-shaped transmissions, each ensonifying a sector that extends 1[deg] 
fore-aft. Given the movement and speed of the vessel, the intermittent 
and narrow downward-directed nature of the sounds emitted by the MBES 
would result in no more than one or two brief ping exposures of any 
individual marine mammal, if any exposure were to occur. Thus, we 
conclude that the likelihood of marine mammal take resulting from MBES 
exposure is discountable and therefore we do not consider noise from 
the MBES further in this analysis.

Acoustic Impacts

    Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Please refer to the 
information given previously (``Description of Active Acoustic Sound 
Sources'') regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and metrics 
used in this document. Note that, in the following discussion, we refer 
in many cases to a recent review article concerning studies of noise-
induced hearing loss conducted from 1996-2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). 
For study-specific citations, please see that work. Anthropogenic 
sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound levels and can have 
a range of highly variable impacts on marine life, from none or minor 
to potentially severe responses, depending on received levels, duration 
of exposure, behavioral context, and various other factors. The 
potential effects of underwater sound from active acoustic sources can 
potentially result in one or more of the following: Temporary or 
permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 
2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically 
related to the signal characteristics, received level, distance from 
the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, 
high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can longer exposures to 
lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of hearing will occur 
almost exclusively for noise within an animal's hearing range. We first 
describe specific manifestations of acoustic effects before providing 
discussion specific to the use of airguns.
    Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of 
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a 
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing 
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be 
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to 
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone 
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and 
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological 
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high 
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause 
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying 
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e., 
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to 
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing 
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
    We describe the more severe effects certain non-auditory physical 
or physiological effects only briefly as we do not expect that use of 
airgun arrays are reasonably likely to result in such effects (see 
below for further discussion). Potential effects from impulsive sound 
sources can range in severity from effects such as behavioral 
disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort, slight injury 
of the internal organs and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton 
et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level 
underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral 
reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an avoidance 
reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological effects, 
bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ or tissue 
damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 
2007; Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities considered here do not 
involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-frequency tactical 
sonar that are associated with these types of effects.
    1. Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, 
or to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience 
hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity 
at certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent 
(PTS), in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully 
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing 
threshold would recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated 
sound exposure that leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of 
PTS, there can be total or partial deafness, while in most cases the 
animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency 
ranges (Kryter, 1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal

[[Page 18675]]

bounds of physiological variability and tolerance and does not 
represent physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not 
consider TTS to constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans but such 
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other 
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least 
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset; 
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB 
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al. 2007). 
Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is 
that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as airgun pulses as 
received close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS 
threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure 
level (SELcum) thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS 
SELcum thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher 
level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as 
compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
    For mid-frequency cetaceans in particular, potential protective 
mechanisms may help limit onset of TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such 
mechanisms include dampening of hearing, auditory adaptation, or 
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall and Supin, 2013; Miller et 
al., 2012; Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al., 2016).
    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing 
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be 
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing 
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data 
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been 
obtained for marine mammals.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Finneran et al. (2015) measured hearing thresholds in three captive 
bottlenose dolphins before and after exposure to ten pulses produced by 
a seismic airgun in order to study TTS induced after exposure to 
multiple pulses. Exposures began at relatively low levels and gradually 
increased over a period of several months, with the highest exposures 
at peak SPLs from 196 to 210 dB and cumulative (unweighted) SELs from 
193-195 dB. No substantial TTS was observed. In addition, behavioral 
reactions were observed that indicated that animals can learn behaviors 
that effectively mitigate noise exposures (although exposure patterns 
must be learned, which is less likely in wild animals than for the 
captive animals considered in this study). The authors note that the 
failure to induce more significant auditory effects likely due to the 
intermittent nature of exposure, the relatively low peak pressure 
produced by the acoustic source, and the low-frequency energy in airgun 
pulses as compared with the frequency range of best sensitivity for 
dolphins and other mid-frequency cetaceans.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., mostly 
tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015). 
In general, harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured 
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). Additionally, the existing marine 
mammal TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these 
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for 
mysticetes.
    Critical questions remain regarding the rate of TTS growth and 
recovery after exposure to intermittent noise and the effects of single 
and multiple pulses. Data at present are also insufficient to construct 
generalized models for recovery and determine the time necessary to 
treat subsequent exposures as independent events. More information is 
needed on the relationship between auditory evoked potential and 
behavioral measures of TTS for various stimuli. For summaries of data 
on TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset 
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins 
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
    2. Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety 
of effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on 
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other 
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on 
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is 
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). 
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of 
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive

[[Page 18676]]

marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions, including 
avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed 
responses of wild marine mammals to loud pulsed sound sources 
(typically seismic airguns or acoustic harassment devices) have been 
varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or other behavioral 
changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002; see also 
Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many 
delphinids approach acoustic source vessels with no apparent discomfort 
or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which 
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark 2000; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et al. 2004; Goldbogen et 
al. 2013). Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions in 
biologically significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be of 
little biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive 
behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal 
is doing at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the 
response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al. 
2001; Nowacek et al. 2004; Madsen et al. 2006; Yazvenko et al. 2007). A 
determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Visual tracking, passive acoustic monitoring, and movement 
recording tags were used to quantify sperm whale behavior prior to, 
during, and following exposure to airgun arrays at received levels in 
the range 140-160 dB at distances of 7-13 km, following a phase-in of 
sound intensity and full array exposures at 1-13 km (Madsen et al., 
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales did not exhibit horizontal 
avoidance behavior at the surface. However, foraging behavior may have 
been affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19 percent less vocal (buzz) 
rate during full exposure relative to post exposure, and the whale that 
was approached most closely had an extended resting period and did not 
resume foraging until the airguns had ceased firing. The remaining 
whales continued to execute foraging dives throughout exposure; 
however, swimming movements during foraging dives were six percent 
lower during exposure than control periods (Miller et al., 2009). These 
data raise concerns that seismic surveys may impact foraging behavior 
in sperm whales, although more data are required to understand whether 
the differences were due to exposure or natural variation in sperm 
whale behavior (Miller et al., 2009).
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive acoustic monitoring to document 
the presence of singing humpback whales off the coast of northern 
Angola and to opportunistically test for the effect of seismic survey 
activity on the number of singing whales. Two recording units were 
deployed between March and December 2008 in the offshore environment; 
numbers of singers were counted every hour. Generalized Additive Mixed 
Models were used to assess the effect of survey day (seasonality), hour 
(diel variation), moon phase, and received levels of noise (measured 
from a single pulse during each ten minute sampled period) on singer 
number. The number of singers significantly decreased with increasing 
received level of noise, suggesting that humpback whale breeding 
activity was disrupted to some extent by the survey activity.
    Castellote et al. (2012) reported acoustic and behavioral changes 
by fin whales in response to shipping and airgun noise. Acoustic 
features of fin whale song notes recorded in the Mediterranean Sea and 
northeast Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas with different 
shipping noise levels and traffic intensities and during a seismic 
airgun survey. During the first 72 hours of the survey, a steady 
decrease in song received levels and bearings to singers indicated that 
whales moved away from the acoustic source and out of the study area. 
This displacement persisted for a time period well beyond the 10-day 
duration of seismic airgun activity, providing evidence that fin whales 
may avoid an area for an extended period in the presence of increased 
noise. The

[[Page 18677]]

authors hypothesize that fin whale acoustic communication is modified 
to compensate for increased background noise and that a sensitization 
process may play a role in the observed temporary displacement.
    Seismic pulses at average received levels of 131 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa\2\-s caused blue whales to increase call production (Di Iorio 
and Clark, 2010). In contrast, McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue 
whale with seafloor seismometers and reported that it stopped 
vocalizing and changed its travel direction at a range of 10 km from 
the acoustic source vessel (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk). 
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that bowhead whale call rates dropped 
significantly at onset of airgun use at sites with a median distance of 
41-45 km from the survey. Blackwell et al. (2015) expanded this 
analysis to show that whales actually increased calling rates as soon 
as airgun signals were detectable before ultimately decreasing calling 
rates at higher received levels (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of 
~127 dB). Overall, these results suggest that bowhead whales may adjust 
their vocal output in an effort to compensate for noise before ceasing 
vocalization effort and ultimately deflecting from the acoustic source 
(Blackwell et al., 2013, 2015). These studies demonstrate that even low 
levels of noise received far from the source can induce changes in 
vocalization and/or behavior for mysticetes.
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Humpback whales showed avoidance behavior in the presence of an 
active seismic array during observational studies and controlled 
exposure experiments in western Australia (McCauley et al., 2000). 
Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area once 
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et 
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term 
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings 
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to 
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and 
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may 
influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al. 2002; Purser and Radford 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch 1992; Daan et al. 1996; Bradshaw et al. 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea observations during 1,196 
seismic surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large arrays of airguns 
(considered to be 500 in\3\ or more) were firing, lateral displacement, 
more localized avoidance, or other changes in behavior were evident for 
most odontocetes. However, significant responses to large arrays were 
found only for the minke whale and fin whale. Behavioral responses 
observed included changes in swimming or surfacing behavior, with 
indications that cetaceans remained near the water surface at these 
times. Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less often when large arrays 
were active. Behavioral observations of gray whales during a seismic 
survey monitored whale movements and respirations pre-, during and 
post-seismic survey (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water 
depth were the best `natural' predictors of whale movements and 
respiration and, after considering natural variation, none of the 
response variables were significantly associated with seismic survey or 
vessel sounds.
    3. Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950; 
Moberg 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral 
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses 
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 
2000).

[[Page 18678]]

Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated with 
stress (Romano et al. 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficiently to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000; 
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations 
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found 
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was 
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These 
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine 
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to 
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be 
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS 
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    4. Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al., 
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by 
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or 
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., 
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., 
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise 
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the 
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest 
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in 
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., 
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency 
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss), 
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a 
potential behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be 
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g., 
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as 
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al. 2000; 
Foote et al. 2004; Parks et al. 2007; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt et 
al. 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal and 
noise come from different directions (Richardson et al. 1995), through 
amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other compensatory 
behaviors (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can be tested directly in 
captive species (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild populations it must be 
either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking compensation. There 
are few studies addressing real-world masking sounds likely to be 
experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et al. 
2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.

Ship Strike

    Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result 
in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship 
strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or 
propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus 2001). An animal at the 
surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit 
the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut 
by a vessel's propeller. Superficial strikes may not kill or result in 
the death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated 
with large whales (e.g., fin whales), which are occasionally found 
draped across the bulbous bow of large commercial ships upon arrival in 
port. Although smaller cetaceans are more maneuverable in relation to 
large vessels than are large whales, they may also be susceptible to 
strike. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel, with the probability of death or serious injury 
increasing as vessel speed increases (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et 
al. 2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007; Conn and Silber 2013). Impact 
forces increase with speed, as does the probability of a strike at a 
given distance (Silber et al. 2010; Gende et al. 2011).
    Pace and Silber (2005) also found that the probability of death or 
serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed. 
Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death 
increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 
kn, and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions 
result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to 
increase the chance of severe injuries or death through increased 
likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the vessel (Clyne, 
1999; Knowlton et al. 1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan and 
Taggart (2007) analyzed the probability of lethal mortality of large

[[Page 18679]]

whales at a given speed, showing that the greatest rate of change in 
the probability of a lethal injury to a large whale as a function of 
vessel speed occurs between 8.6 and 15 kt. The chances of a lethal 
injury decline from approximately 80 percent at 15 kt to approximately 
20 percent at 8.6 kt. At speeds below 11.8 kt, the chances of lethal 
injury drop below 50 percent, while the probability asymptotically 
increases toward one hundred percent above 15 kt.
    The Atlantis would travel at a speed of either 5 kt (9.3 km/hour) 
or 8 kt (14.8 km/hour) while towing seismic survey gear (LGL, 2018). At 
these speeds, both the possibility of striking a marine mammal and the 
possibility of a strike resulting in serious injury or mortality are 
discountable. At average transit speed, the probability of serious 
injury or mortality resulting from a strike is less than 50 percent. 
However, the likelihood of a strike actually happening is again 
discountable. Ship strikes, as analyzed in the studies cited above, 
generally involve commercial shipping, which is much more common in 
both space and time than is geophysical survey activity. Jensen and 
Silber (2004) summarized ship strikes of large whales worldwide from 
1975-2003 and found that most collisions occurred in the open ocean and 
involved large vessels (e.g., commercial shipping). Commercial fishing 
vessels were responsible for three percent of recorded collisions, 
while no such incidents were reported for geophysical survey vessels 
during that time period.
    It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow 
speeds. For example, a hydrographic survey vessel traveling at low 
speed (5.5 kt) while conducting mapping surveys off the central 
California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. The State of 
California determined that the whale had suddenly and unexpectedly 
surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the propeller severed 
the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an unavoidable event. This 
strike represents the only such incident in approximately 540,000 hours 
of similar coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 x 10-6; 95% CI 
= 0-5.5 x 10-6; NMFS, 2013b). In addition, a research vessel 
reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the Atlantic, 
demonstrating that it is possible for strikes involving smaller 
cetaceans to occur. In that case, the incident report indicated that an 
animal apparently was struck by the vessel's propeller as it was 
intentionally swimming near the vessel. While indicative of the type of 
unusual events that cannot be ruled out, neither of these instances 
represents a circumstance that would be considered reasonably 
foreseeable or that would be considered preventable.
    Although the likelihood of the vessel striking a marine mammal is 
low, we require a robust ship strike avoidance protocol (see ``Proposed 
Mitigation''), which we believe eliminates any foreseeable risk of ship 
strike. We anticipate that vessel collisions involving a seismic data 
acquisition vessel towing gear, while not impossible, represent 
unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive 
measures. Given the required mitigation measures, the relatively slow 
speed of the vessel towing gear, the presence of bridge crew watching 
for obstacles at all times (including marine mammals), the presence of 
marine mammal observers, and the short duration of the survey (25 
days), we believe that the possibility of ship strike is discountable 
and, further, that were a strike of a large whale to occur, it would be 
unlikely to result in serious injury or mortality. No incidental take 
resulting from ship strike is anticipated, and this potential effect of 
the specified activity will not be discussed further in the following 
analysis.

Stranding

    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al. 1999; Perrin and Geraci 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding under 
the MMPA is (A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a beach or shore 
of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the jurisdiction of the 
United States (including any navigable waters); or (B) a marine mammal 
is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the United States and is 
unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or shore of the United 
States and, although able to return to the water, is in need of 
apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), but 
is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al. 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al. 1980; Best 1982). Numerous studies 
suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, age, or 
condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-dispose 
them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These suggestions 
are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other studies that have 
demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar stressors commonly combine 
to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its fitness, even though one 
exposure without the other does not produce the same result (Chroussos 
2000; Creel 2005; DeVries et al. 2003; Fair and Becker 2000; Foley et 
al. 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea 2005; Romero 2004; Sih et al. 2004).
    Use of military tactical sonar has been implicated in a majority of 
investigated stranding events, although one stranding event was 
associated with the use of seismic airguns. This event occurred in the 
Gulf of California, coincident with seismic reflection profiling by the 
R/V Maurice Ewing operated by Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (LDEO) 
of Columbia University and involved two Cuvier's beaked whales 
(Hildebrand 2004). The vessel had been firing an array of 20 airguns 
with a total volume of 8,500 in\3\ (Hildebrand 2004; Taylor et al. 
2004). Most known stranding events have involved beaked whales, though 
a small number have involved deep-diving delphinids or sperm whales 
(e.g., Mazzariol et al. 2010; Southall et al. 2013). In general, long 
duration (~1 second) and high-intensity sounds (>235 dB SPL) have been 
implicated in stranding events (Hildebrand 2004). With regard to beaked 
whales, mid-frequency sound is typically implicated (when causation can 
be determined) (Hildebrand 2004). Although seismic airguns create 
predominantly low-frequency energy, the signal does include a mid-
frequency component. We have considered the potential for the proposed 
survey to result in marine mammal stranding and have concluded that, 
based on the best available information, stranding is not expected to 
occur.

Other Potential Impacts

    Here, we briefly address the potential risks due to entanglement 
and contaminant spills. We are not aware of any records of marine 
mammal entanglement in towed arrays such as those considered here. The 
discharge of trash and debris is prohibited (33 CFR 151.51-77) unless 
it is passed through a machine that breaks up solids such that they can 
pass through a 25-mm mesh screen. All other trash and debris must

[[Page 18680]]

be returned to shore for proper disposal with municipal and solid 
waste. Some personal items may be accidentally lost overboard. However, 
U.S. Coast Guard and Environmental Protection Act regulations require 
operators to become proactive in avoiding accidental loss of solid 
waste items by developing waste management plans, posting informational 
placards, manifesting trash sent to shore, and using special 
precautions such as covering outside trash bins to prevent accidental 
loss of solid waste. There are no meaningful entanglement risks posed 
by the described activity, and entanglement risks are not discussed 
further in this document.
    Marine mammals could be affected by accidentally spilled diesel 
fuel from a vessel associated with proposed survey activities. 
Quantities of diesel fuel on the sea surface may affect marine mammals 
through various pathways: Surface contact of the fuel with skin and 
other mucous membranes, inhalation of concentrated petroleum vapors, or 
ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or by the ingestion of oiled 
prey) (e.g., Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990). However, the 
likelihood of a fuel spill during any particular geophysical survey is 
considered to be remote, and the potential for impacts to marine 
mammals would depend greatly on the size and location of a spill and 
meteorological conditions at the time of the spill. Spilled fuel would 
rapidly spread to a layer of varying thickness and break up into narrow 
bands or windrows parallel to the wind direction. The rate at which the 
fuel spreads would be determined by the prevailing conditions such as 
temperature, water currents, tidal streams, and wind speeds. Lighter, 
volatile components of the fuel would evaporate to the atmosphere 
almost completely in a few days. Evaporation rate may increase as the 
fuel spreads because of the increased surface area of the slick. 
Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and high temperatures also tend to 
increase the rate of evaporation and the proportion of fuel lost by 
this process (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not anticipate potentially 
meaningful effects to marine mammals as a result of any contaminant 
spill resulting from the proposed survey activities, and contaminant 
spills are not discussed further in this document.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    Effects to Prey--Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and 
location and, for some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds 
which are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds. 
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish 
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified 
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas 
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pulsed 
sound on fish, although several are based on studies in support of 
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan 2001, 2002; Popper and 
Hastings 2009). Sound pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause 
subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable 
changes in behavior (Pearson et al. 1992; Skalski et al. 1992). SPLs of 
sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish 
mortality. The most likely impact to fish from survey activities at the 
project area would be temporary avoidance of the area. The duration of 
fish avoidance of a given area after survey effort stops is unknown, 
but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is 
anticipated.
    Information on seismic airgun impacts to zooplankton, which 
represent an important prey type for mysticetes, is limited. However, 
McCauley et al. (2017) reported that experimental exposure to a pulse 
from a 150 in\3\ airgun decreased zooplankton abundance when compared 
with controls, as measured by sonar and net tows, and caused a two- to 
threefold increase in dead adult and larval zooplankton. Although no 
adult krill were present, the study found that all larval krill were 
killed after air gun passage. Impacts were observed out to the maximum 
1.2 km range sampled.
    In general, impacts to marine mammal prey are expected to be 
limited due to the relatively small temporal and spatial overlap 
between the proposed survey and any areas used by marine mammal prey 
species. The proposed survey would occur over a relatively short time 
period (25 days) and would occur over a very small area relative to the 
area available as marine mammal habitat in the Northwest Atlantic 
Ocean. We do not have any information to suggest the proposed survey 
area represents a significant feeding area for any marine mammal, and 
we believe any impacts to marine mammals due to adverse effects to 
their prey would be insignificant due to the limited spatial and 
temporal impact of the proposed survey. However, adverse impacts may 
occur to a few species of fish and to zooplankton.
    Acoustic Habitat--Acoustic habitat is the soundscape--which 
encompasses all of the sound present in a particular location and time, 
as a whole--when considered from the perspective of the animals 
experiencing it. Animals produce sound for, or listen for sounds 
produced by, conspecifics (communication during feeding, mating, and 
other social activities), other animals (finding prey or avoiding 
predators), and the physical environment (finding suitable habitats, 
navigating). Together, sounds made by animals and the geophysical 
environment (e.g., produced by earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain, 
waves) make up the natural contributions to the total acoustics of a 
place. These acoustic conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one 
attribute of an animal's total habitat.
    Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced 
by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include 
incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be 
intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition 
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays). Anthropogenic noise varies 
widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these 
characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated 
effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on 
masking under ``Acoustic Effects''), which may range from local effects 
for brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for 
long durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals 
may alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending 
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or 
adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber et 
al., 2010; Pijanowski et al. 2011; Francis and Barber 2013; Lillis et 
al. 2014.
    Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to 
occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically 
relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey 
detection (Francis and Barber 2013). Although the signals emitted by 
seismic airgun arrays are generally low frequency, they would also 
likely be of short duration and transient in any given area due to the 
nature of these surveys. As described previously, exploratory surveys 
such as these cover a large area but would be transient rather than 
focused in a given location over time and therefore would not be 
considered chronic in any given location.
    In summary, activities associated with the proposed action are not 
likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish habitat or 
populations of fish species or on the quality of acoustic

[[Page 18681]]

habitat. Thus, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to 
cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine 
mammals or their populations.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact 
determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of 
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); 
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal 
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, 
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, 
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use 
of the seismic airguns have the potential to result in disruption of 
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some 
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) to result, primarily 
for high frequency cetaceans. Auditory injury is unlikely to occur for 
low- and mid-frequency cetaceans given very small modeled zones of 
injury for those species. The proposed mitigation and monitoring 
measures are expected to minimize the severity of such taking to the 
extent practicable. As described previously, no mortality is 
anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we 
describe how the take is estimated.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the exposure estimate and 
associated numbers of take proposed for authorization.

Acoustic Thresholds

    Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic 
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above 
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be 
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS 
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly 
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from 
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by 
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability, 
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving 
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral 
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, 
Ellison et al. 2011). Based on the best available science and the 
practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is both 
predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a generalized 
acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the onset of 
behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are likely to 
be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider to fall under Level B 
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above 
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g. 
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent 
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources. SIO's proposed activity includes the 
use of impulsive seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(rms) criteria is applicable for analysis of level B harassment.
    Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical 
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine 
Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory 
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups 
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from 
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). As 
described above, SIO's proposed activity includes the use of 
intermittent and impulsive seismic sources. These thresholds are 
provided in Table 4.
    These thresholds are provided in the table below. The references, 
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are 
described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at: 
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm.

            Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift in Marine Mammals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   PTS Onset thresholds
              Hearing group              -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Impulsive *                        Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans............  Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:     LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                           183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans............  Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:     LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                           185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans...........  Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:     LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                           155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)......  Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,PW,24h:     LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                           185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).....  Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,OW,24h:     LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                           203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
  calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
  thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has
  a reference value of 1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National
  Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating
  frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ``flat'' is
  being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the
  designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and
  that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be
  exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it
  is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.


[[Page 18682]]

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The proposed survey would entail the use of a 2-airgun array with a 
total discharge of 90 in\3\ at a tow depth of 2-4 m. The distances to 
the predicted isopleths corresponding to the threshold for Level B 
harassment (160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) were calculated for both proposed array 
configurations based on results of modeling performed by LDEO. Received 
sound levels were predicted by LDEO's model (Diebold et al. 2010) as a 
function of distance from the airgun array. The LDEO modeling approach 
uses ray tracing for the direct wave traveling from the array to the 
receiver and its associated source ghost (reflection at the air-water 
interface in the vicinity of the array), in a constant-velocity half-
space (infinite homogeneous ocean layer unbounded by a seafloor). In 
addition, propagation measurements of pulses from a 36-airgun array at 
a tow depth of 6 m have been reported in deep water (~1,600 m), 
intermediate water depth on the slope (~600-1100 m), and shallow water 
(~50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico in 2007-2008 (Tolstoy et al. 2009; 
Diebold et al. 2010). The estimated distances to Level B harassment 
isopleths for the two proposed configurations of the Atlantis airgun 
array are shown in Table 5.

  Table 5--Predicted Radial Distances From R/V Atlantis 90 in3 Seismic
    Source to Isopleth Corresponding to Level B Harassment Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Predicted
                                                               distance
                                                                  to
                     Array configuration                       threshold
                                                              (160 dB re
                                                               1 [mu]Pa)
                                                                  (m)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 m airgun separation.......................................         578
8 m airgun separation.......................................         539
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For modeling of radial distances to predicted isopleths 
corresponding to harassment thresholds in deep water (>1,000 m), LDEO 
used the deep-water radii for various Sound Exposure Levels obtained 
from LDEO model results down to a maximum water depth of 2,000 m (see 
Figures 2 and 3 in the IHA application). LDEO's modeling methodology is 
described in greater detail in the IHA application (LGL, 20178) and we 
refer to the reader to that document rather than repeating it here.
    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal functional hearing groups (Table 3), were 
calculated based on modeling performed by LDEO using the Nucleus 
software program and the NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The 
updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as airguns) 
contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2016) were presented as dual 
metric acoustic thresholds using both SELcum and peak sound 
pressure level metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS 
(Level A harassment) to have occurred when either one of the two 
metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest isopleth). 
The SELcum metric considers both level and duration of 
exposure, as well as auditory weighting functions by marine mammal 
hearing group. In recognition of the fact that the requirement to 
calculate Level A harassment ensonified areas could be more technically 
challenging to predict due to the duration component and the use of 
weighting functions in the new SELcum thresholds, NMFS 
developed an optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help 
predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine 
mammal density or occurrence to facilitate the estimation of take 
numbers.
    The values for SELcum and peak SPL for the Atlantis 
airgun array were derived from calculating the modified farfield 
signature (Table 6). The farfield signature is often used as a 
theoretical representation of the source level. To compute the farfield 
signature, the source level is estimated at a large distance below the 
array (e.g., 9 km), and this level is back projected mathematically to 
a notional distance of 1 m from the array's geometrical center. 
However, when the source is an array of multiple airguns separated in 
space, the source level from the theoretical farfield signature is not 
necessarily the best measurement of the source level that is physically 
achieved at the source (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at short 
ranges, distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure from each 
individual airgun in the source array do not stack constructively, as 
they do for the theoretical farfield signature. The pulses from the 
different airguns spread out in time such that the source levels 
observed or modeled are the result of the summation of pulses from a 
few airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al. 2009). At larger 
distances, away from the source array center, sound pressure of all the 
airguns in the array stack coherently, but not within one time sample, 
resulting in smaller source levels (a few dB) than the source level 
derived from the farfield signature. Because the farfield signature 
does not take into account the array effect near the source and is 
calculated as a point source, the modified farfield signature is a more 
appropriate measure of the sound source level for distributed sound 
sources, such as airgun arrays. Though the array effect is not expected 
to be as pronounced in the case of a 2-airgun array as it would be with 
a larger airgun array, the modified farfield method is considered more 
appropriate than use of the theoretical farfield signature.

                    Table 6--Modeled Source Levels (dB) for R/V Atlantis 90 in3 Airgun Array
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    8-kt survey                     5-kt survey
                                                     with 8-m       8-kt survey      with 2-m       5-kt survey
                                                      airgun         with 8-m         airgun         with 2-m
            Functional hearing group                separation:       airgun        separation:       airgun
                                                   Peak SPLflat     separation:    Peak SPLflat     separation:
                                                                      SELcum                          SELcum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;                 228.8             207           232.8           206.7
 LE,LF,24h: 183 dB).............................
Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;                   N/A           206.7           229.8           206.9
 LE,MF,24h: 185 dB).............................
High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;                  233           207.6           232.9           207.2
 LE,HF,24h: 155 dB).............................
Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;             230           206.7           232.8           206.9
 LE,HF,24h: 185 dB).............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 232                N/A             203           225.6           207.4
 dB; LE,HF,24h: 203 dB).........................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 18683]]

    In order to more realistically incorporate the Technical Guidance's 
weighting functions over the seismic array's full acoustic band, 
unweighted spectrum data for the Atlantis's airgun array (modeled in 1 
Hz bands) was used to make adjustments (dB) to the unweighted spectrum 
levels, by frequency, according to the weighting functions for each 
relevant marine mammal hearing group. These adjusted/weighted spectrum 
levels were then converted to pressures ([mu]Pa) in order to integrate 
them over the entire broadband spectrum, resulting in broadband 
weighted source levels by hearing group that could be directly 
incorporated within the User Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the 
Spreadsheet's more simple weighting factor adjustment). Using the User 
Spreadsheet's ``safe distance'' methodology for mobile sources 
(described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the hearing group-specific 
weighted source levels, and inputs assuming spherical spreading 
propagation, a source velocity of 2.06 m/second (for the 2 m airgun 
separation) and 5.14 m/second (for the 8 m airgun separation), and a 
shot interval of 12.15 seconds (for the 2 m airgun separation) and 9.72 
seconds (for the 8 m airgun separation) (LGL, 2018), potential radial 
distances to auditory injury zones were calculated for 
SELcum thresholds, for both array configurations. Inputs to 
the User Spreadsheet are shown in Table 6. Outputs from the User 
Spreadsheet in the form of estimated distances to Level A harassment 
isopleths are shown in Table 7. As described above, the larger distance 
of the dual criteria (SELcum or Peak SPLflat) is 
used for estimating takes by Level A harassment. The weighting 
functions used are shown in Table 3 of the IHA application.

 Table 7--Modeled Radial Distances (m) From R/V Atlantis 90 in3 Airgun Array to Isopleths Corresponding to Level
                                             A Harassment Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    8-kt survey                     5-kt survey
                                                     with 8-m       8-kt survey      with 2-m       5-kt survey
  Functional hearing group (Level A harassment        airgun         with 8-m         airgun         with 2-m
                   thresholds)                      separation:       airgun        separation:       airgun
                                                   Peak SPLflat     separation:    Peak SPLflat     separation:
                                                                      SELcum                          SELcum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;                  3.08             2.4            4.89             6.5
 LE,LF,24h: 183 dB).............................
Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB;                     0               0            0.98               0
 LE,MF,24h: 185 dB).............................
High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB;                34.84               0           34.62               0
 LE,HF,24h: 155 dB).............................
Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;            4.02               0            5.51             0.1
 LE,HF,24h: 185 dB).............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 232                  0               0            0.48               0
 dB; LE,HF,24h: 203 dB).........................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree, 
which will ultimately result in some degree of overestimate of Level A 
take. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate 
isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not 
available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine 
these tools and will qualitatively address the output where 
appropriate. For mobile sources, such as the proposed seismic survey, 
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a 
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by 
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations. The best available scientific information was considered 
in conducting marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for 
estimating take). For all cetacean species, densities calculated by 
Mannocci et al. (2017) were used. These represent the most 
comprehensive and recent density data available for cetacean species in 
the survey area. Mannocci et al. (2017) modeled marine mammal densities 
using available line transect survey data and habitat-based covariates 
and extrapolated model predictions to unsurveyed regions, including the 
proposed survey area. The authors considered line transect surveys that 
used two or more protected species observers and met the assumptions of 
the distance sampling methodology as presented by Buckland et al. 
(2001), and included data from shipboard and aerial surveys conducted 
from 1992 to 2014 by multiple U.S. organizations (details provided in 
Roberts et al. (2016)). The data underlying the model predictions for 
the proposed survey area originated from shipboard survey data 
presented in Waring et al. (2008). To increase the success of model 
transferability to new regions, the authors considered biological 
covariates expected to be related directly to cetacean densities 
(Wenger & Olden, 2012), namely biomass and production of epipelagic 
micronekton and zooplankton predicted with the Spatial Ecosystem and 
Population DYnamics Model (SEAPODYM) (Lehodey et al. 2010). Zooplankton 
and epipelagic micronekton (i.e., squid, crustaceans, and fish) 
constitute potential prey for many of the cetaceans considered, in 
particular dolphins and mysticetes (Pauly et al. 1998), and all these 
covariates correlate with cetacean distributions (e.g., Ferguson et al. 
2006; Doniol-Valcroze et al. 2007; Lambert et al. 2014). There is some 
uncertainty related to the estimated density data and the assumptions 
used in their calculations, as with all density data estimates. 
However, the approach used is based on the best available data.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. In order to estimate 
the number of marine mammals predicted to be exposed to sound levels 
that would result in Level B harassment or Level A harassment, radial 
distances to predicted isopleths corresponding to the Level A 
harassment and Level B harassment thresholds are calculated, as 
described above (Table 8). Those distances are then used to calculate 
the area(s) around the airgun array predicted to be ensonified to sound 
levels that exceed the Level A and Level B harassment thresholds. The 
areas estimated to be ensonified in a single day of the survey are then 
calculated, based on the areas predicted to be ensonified around the 
array and the estimated trackline distance traveled per day (Table 9). 
This number is then multiplied by the number of survey days (i.e., 7.5 
days for the 5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation and 17.5 days for 
the 8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation). The product is then 
multiplied by 1.25 to account for an additional 25 percent contingency 
for potential additional

[[Page 18684]]

seismic operations, as described above. This results in an estimate of 
the total areas (km\2\) expected to be ensonified to the Level A 
harassment and Level B harassment thresholds. For purposes of Level B 
take calculations, areas estimated to be ensonified to Level A 
harassment thresholds are subtracted from total areas estimated to be 
ensonified to Level B harassment thresholds in order to avoid double 
counting the animals taken (i.e., if an animal is taken by Level A 
harassment, it is not also counted as taken by Level B harassment). 
Areas estimated to be ensonified over the duration of the survey are 
shown in Table 10. The marine mammals predicted to occur within these 
respective areas, based on estimated densities, are assumed to be 
incidentally taken. Estimated takes for all marine mammal species are 
shown in Table 11.

                             Table 8--Distances (m) to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Level B                            Level A harassment threshold \1\
                                                            harassment   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             threshold
                         Survey                          ----------------  Low frequency   Mid frequency  High frequency      Otariid         Phocid
                                                            All marine       cetaceans       cetaceans       cetaceans       pinnipeds       pinnipeds
                                                              mammals
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation..................             539             6.5            0.98           34.62            5.51            0.48
8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation..................             578            3.08               0           34.84            4.02               0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and peak
  PL).


                          Table 9--Areas (km2) Estimated To Be Ensonified to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds per Day
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Level B                            Level A harassment threshold \1\
                                                            harassment   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             threshold
                         Survey                          ----------------  Low frequency   Mid frequency  High frequency      Otariid         Phocid
                                                            All marine       cetaceans       cetaceans       cetaceans       pinnipeds       pinnipeds
                                                              mammals
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation..................          240.68            2.90            0.44           15.40            2.45            0.21
8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation..................          412.10            2.19               0           24.78            2.86               0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and peak
  PL).
Note: Estimated areas shown for single day do not include additional 25 percent contingency.


                  Table 10--Areas (km2) Estimated To Be Ensonified to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds Over Duration of Survey
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Level B                            Level A harassment threshold \1\
                                                            harassment   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             threshold
                         Survey                          ----------------  Low frequency   Mid frequency  High frequency      Otariid         Phocid
                                                            All marine       cetaceans       cetaceans       cetaceans       pinnipeds       pinnipeds
                                                              mammals
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation..................         2256.33           27.10            4.09          144.40           22.97             2.0
8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation..................         9014.56           47.84               0          542.09           62.50               0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and peak
  PL).
Note: Estimated areas shown include additional 25 percent contingency.


                               Table 11--Numbers of Potential Incidental Take of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                       Total proposed
                                     Density (#/      Estimated    Proposed Level     Estimated    Proposed Level  Total proposed  instances of takes as
             Species                1,000 km\2\)    Level A takes      A takes      Level B takes      B takes       Level A and    a percentage of SAR
                                                                                                                    Level B takes      abundance \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale \2\...............              10               1               0             112             113             113  0.9 *.
Minke whale......................               4               0               0              45              45              45  0.2 *.
Bryde's whale....................             0.1               0               0               1               1               1  unknown.
Sei whale \2\....................              10               1               0             112             113             113  31.4.
Fin whale........................               8               1               0              89              90              90  2.6 *.
Blue whale.......................               0               0               0               0               1               1  0.2.
Sperm whale......................              40               0               0             451             451             451  19.7.
Cuvier's beaked whale \3\........              60               0               0             135             135             135  2.0.
Northern bottlenose whale \4\....             0.8               0               0               9               9               9  unknown.
True's beaked whale \3\..........              60               0               0             135             135             135  1.9.

[[Page 18685]]

 
Gervais beaked whale \3\.........              60               0               0             135             135             135  1.9.
Sowerby's beaked whale \3\.......              60               0               0             135             135             135  1.9.
Blainville's beaked whale \3\....              60               0               0             135             135             135  1.9.
Rough-toothed dolphin............               3               0               0              34              34              34  12.5.
Bottlenose dolphin...............              60               0               0             677             677             677  0.9.
Pantropical spotted dolphin......              10               0               0             113             113             113  3.4.
Atlantic spotted dolphin.........              40               0               0             451             451             451  1.0.
Striped dolphin..................              80               0               0             902             902             902  1.6.
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.....              60               0               0             677             677             677  1.4.
White-beaked dolphin.............               1               0               0              11              11              11  0.6.
Common dolphin...................             800               3               0            9014            9017            9017  5.2 *.
Risso's dolphin..................              20               0               0             226             226             226  1.2.
Pygmy killer whale \4 5\.........             1.5               0               0              17              17              17  unknown.
False killer whale...............               2               0               0              23              23              23  5.2.
Killer whale \4 6\...............             0.2               0               0               2               5               5  unknown.
Long-finned/short-finned Pilot                200               1               0            2253            2254            2254  8.3.
 whale \7\.
Pygmy/dwarf sperm whale..........             0.6               0               0               7               7               7  0.2.
Harbor porpoise..................              60              41              41             635             635             676  0.8.
Ringed seal \4\..................               0               0               0               0               1               1  unknown.
Hooded seal......................               0               0               0               0               1               1  <0.1.
Harp seal........................               0               0               0               0               1               1  <0.1.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ While we have in most cases provided comparisons of the proposed instances of takes as a percentage of SAR abundance as the best available
  information regarding population abundance, we note that these are likely underestimates of the relevant North Atlantic populations, as the proposed
  survey area is outside the U.S. EEZ. Asterisks denote that instances of takes are shown as a percentage of abundance as described by TNASS or NMFS
  Status Review, as described above.
\2\ We have determined Level A take of these species is not likely, therefore estimated Level A takes have been added to the number of Level B takes
  proposed for authorization.
\3\ Density value represents the value for all beaked whales combined. Requested take and take proposed for authorization based on proportion of all
  beaked whales expected to be taken (677 total estimated beaked whale takes divided by 5 species of beaked whales).
\4\ The population abundance for the species is unknown.
\5\ The density estimate for pygmy killer whales shown in Table 8 in the IHA application is incorrect; the correct density is 1.5 animals/km\2\ as shown
  here.
\6\ Proposed take number for killer whales has been increased from the calculated take to mean group size for the species. Source for mean group size is
  Waring et al. (2008).
\7\ Values for density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for short-finned and long-finned pilot whales
  combined.

    For some marine mammal species, we propose to authorize a different 
number of incidental takes than the number of incidental takes 
requested by SIO (see Table 8 in the IHA application for requested take 
numbers). For instance, SIO requested 1 take of a North Atlantic right 
whale and 3 takes of bowhead whales; however, we have determined the 
likelihood of the survey encountering these species is so low as to be 
discountable, therefore we do not propose to authorize takes of these 
species. Also, SIO requested Level A takes of humpback whales, sei 
whales, fin whales, common dolphins, and pilot whales; however, due to 
very small zones corresponding to Level A harassment for low-frequency 
and mid-frequency cetaceans (Table 7) we have determined the likelihood 
of Level A take occurring for species from these functional hearing 
groups is so low as to be discountable, therefore we do not propose to 
authorize Level A take of these species. Note that the Level A takes 
that were calculated for these species (humpback whales, sei whales, 
fin whales, common dolphins, and pilot whales) have been included in 
the proposed number of Level B takes. Finally, SIO requested 2,254 
takes of short-finned pilot whales and 2,254 takes of long-finned pilot 
whales (total 4,508 pilot whale takes requested); however, as Mannocci 
et al. (2017) presents one single density estimate for all pilot whales 
(the pilot whale ``guild''), a total of 2,254 takes of pilot whales 
were calculated as potentially taken by the proposed survey. Thus SIO's 
request take number is actually double the number of take that was 
calculated. We do not think doubling the take estimate is warranted, 
thus we propose to authorize a total of 2,254 takes of pilot whales 
(short-finned and long-finned pilot whales combined).
    Species With Take Estimates Less Than Mean Group Size: Using the 
approach described above to estimate take, the take estimate for killer 
whales was less than the average group size estimated for the species 
(Waring et al., 2008). Information on the social structure and life 
history of the species indicates it is common for the species to be 
encountered in groups. The results of

[[Page 18686]]

take calculations support the likelihood that SIO's survey may 
encounter and incidentally take the species, and we believe it is 
likely that the species may be encountered in groups; therefore it is 
reasonable to conservatively assume that one group of the species will 
be taken during the proposed survey. We therefore propose to authorize 
the take of the average (mean) group size for the species to account 
for the possibility that SIO's survey encounters a group of killer 
whales.
    Species With No Available Density Data: No density data were 
available for the blue whale; however, blue whales have been observed 
in the survey area (Waring et al., 2008), thus we determined there is a 
possibility that the proposed survey may encounter one blue whale and 
that one blue whale may be taken by Level B harassment by the proposed 
survey; we therefore propose to authorize one take of blue whale as 
requested by SIO. No density data were available for ringed seal, 
hooded seal or harp seal; however based on the ranges of these species 
we have determined it is possible they may be encountered and taken by 
Level B harassment by the proposed survey, therefore we propose to 
authorize one take of each species as requested by SIO.
    It should be noted that the proposed take numbers shown in Table 11 
are believed to be conservative for several reasons. First, in the 
calculations of estimated take, 25 percent has been added in the form 
of operational survey days (equivalent to adding 25 percent to the 
proposed line km to be surveyed) to account for the possibility of 
additional seismic operations associated with airgun testing, and 
repeat coverage of any areas where initial data quality is sub-
standard. Additionally, marine mammals would be expected to move away 
from a sound source that represents an aversive stimulus. However, the 
extent to which marine mammals would move away from the sound source is 
difficult to quantify and is therefore not accounted for in take 
estimates shown in Table 8.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to 
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned), and
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on 
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, 
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    SIO has reviewed mitigation measures employed during seismic 
research surveys authorized by NMFS under previous incidental 
harassment authorizations, as well as recommended best practices in 
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and Dolman 
(2007), Nowacek et al. (2013), Wright (2014), and Wright and Cosentino 
(2015), and has incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures 
into their project description based on the above sources.
    To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli 
associated with the activities, SIO has proposed to implement the 
following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
    (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation monitoring;
    (2) Establishment of a marine mammal exclusion zone (EZ);
    (3) Shutdown procedures;
    (4) Ramp-up procedures; and
    (5) Vessel strike avoidance measures.
    In addition to the measures proposed by SIO, NMFS has proposed the 
following mitigation measure: Establishment of a marine mammal buffer 
zone.
    PSO observations would take place during all daytime airgun 
operations and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of the airguns. If 
airguns are operating throughout the night, observations would begin 30 
minutes prior to sunrise. If airguns are operating after sunset, 
observations would continue until 30 minutes following sunset. 
Following a shutdown for any reason, observations would occur for at 
least 30 minutes prior to the planned start of airgun operations. 
Observations would also occur for 30 minutes after airgun operations 
cease for any reason. Observations would also be made during daytime 
periods when the Atlantis is underway without seismic operations, such 
as during transits, to allow for comparison of sighting rates and 
behavior with and without airgun operations and between acquisition 
periods. Airgun operations would be suspended when marine mammals are 
observed within, or about to enter, the designated EZ (as described 
below).
    During seismic operations, three visual PSOs would be based aboard 
the Atlantis. PSOs would be appointed by SIO with NMFS approval. During 
the majority of seismic operations, two PSOs would monitor for marine 
mammals around the seismic vessel. A minimum of one PSO must be on duty 
at all times when the array is active. PSO(s) would be on duty in 
shifts of duration no longer than 4 hours. Other crew would also be 
instructed to assist in detecting marine mammals and in implementing 
mitigation requirements (if practical). Before the start of the seismic 
survey, the crew would be given additional instruction in detecting 
marine mammals and implementing mitigation requirements.
    The Atlantis is a suitable platform from which PSOs would watch for 
marine mammals. Standard equipment for marine mammal observers would be 
7 x 50 reticule binoculars and optical range finders. At night, night-
vision equipment would be available. The observers would be in 
communication with ship's officers on the bridge and scientists in the 
vessel's operations laboratory, so they can advise promptly of the need 
for avoidance maneuvers or seismic source shutdown.
    The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct observational 
effort, record observational data, and communicate with and instruct 
relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine mammals and 
mitigation requirements. PSO resumes would be provided to NMFS for 
approval. At least

[[Page 18687]]

one PSO must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea experience working as 
PSOs during a seismic survey. One ``experienced'' visual PSO will be 
designated as the lead for the entire protected species observation 
team. The lead will serve as primary point of contact for the vessel 
operator. The PSOs must have successfully completed relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing a written 
and/or oral examination developed for the training program, and must 
have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from an accredited 
college or university with a major in one of the natural sciences and a 
minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the biological sciences 
and at least one undergraduate course in math or statistics. The 
educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has acquired the 
relevant skills through alternate training, including (1) secondary 
education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work 
experience conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored 
marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the 
PSO should demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance 
of PSO duties.

Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone

    An EZ is a defined area within which occurrence of a marine mammal 
triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the potential for certain 
outcomes, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of critical behaviors. The 
PSOs would establish a minimum EZ with a 100 m radius for the airgun 
array. The 100 m EZ would be based on radial distance from any element 
of the airgun array (rather than being based on the center of the array 
or around the vessel itself). With certain exceptions (described 
below), if a marine mammal appears within, enters, or appears on a 
course to enter this zone, the acoustic source would be shut down (see 
Shutdown Procedures below).
    The 100 m radial distance of the standard EZ is precautionary in 
the sense that it would be expected to contain sound exceeding injury 
criteria for all marine mammal hearing groups (Table 7) while also 
providing a consistent, reasonably observable zone within which PSOs 
would typically be able to conduct effective observational effort. In 
this case, the 100 m radial distance would also be expected to contain 
sound that would exceed the Level A harassment threshold based on sound 
exposure level (SELcum) criteria for all marine mammal 
hearing groups (Table 7). In the 2011 Programmatic Environmental Impact 
Statement for marine scientific research funded by the National Science 
Foundation or the U.S. Geological Survey (NSF-USGS 2011), Alternative B 
(the Preferred Alternative) conservatively applied a 100 m EZ for all 
low-energy acoustic sources in water depths >100 m, with low-energy 
acoustic sources defined as any towed acoustic source with a single or 
a pair of clustered airguns with individual volumes of <=250 in\3\. 
Thus the 100 m EZ proposed for this survey is consistent with the PEIS.
    Our intent in prescribing a standard EZ distance is to (1) 
encompass zones within which auditory injury could occur on the basis 
of instantaneous exposure; (2) provide additional protection from the 
potential for more severe behavioral reactions (e.g., panic, 
antipredator response) for marine mammals at relatively close range to 
the acoustic source; (3) provide consistency for PSOs, who need to 
monitor and implement the EZ; and (4) define a distance within which 
detection probabilities are reasonably high for most species under 
typical conditions.
    PSOs would also establish and monitor a 200 m buffer zone. During 
use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals within the 
buffer zone (but outside the EZ) would be communicated to the operator 
to prepare for potential shutdown of the acoustic source. The buffer 
zone is discussed further under Ramp Up Procedures below.

Shutdown Procedures

    If a marine mammal is detected outside the EZ but is likely to 
enter the EZ, the airguns would be shut down before the animal is 
within the EZ. Likewise, if a marine mammal is already within the EZ 
when first detected, the airguns would be shut down immediately.
    Following a shutdown, airgun activity would not resume until the 
marine mammal has cleared the 100 m EZ. The animal would be considered 
to have cleared the 100 m EZ if the following conditions have been met:
     It is visually observed to have departed the 100 m EZ, or
     it has not been seen within the 100 m EZ for 15 min in the 
case of small odontocetes, or
     it has not been seen within the 100 m EZ for 30 min in the 
case of mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, 
and beaked whales.
    This shutdown requirement would be in place for all marine mammals, 
with the exception of small delphinoids under certain circumstances. As 
defined here, the small delphinoid group is intended to encompass those 
members of the Family Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily approach 
the source vessel for purposes of interacting with the vessel and/or 
airgun array (e.g., bow riding). This exception to the shutdown 
requirement would apply solely to specific genera of small dolphins--
Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus--and would only 
apply if the animals were traveling, including approaching the vessel. 
If, for example, an animal or group of animals is stationary for some 
reason (e.g., feeding) and the source vessel approaches the animals, 
the shutdown requirement applies. An animal with sufficient incentive 
to remain in an area rather than avoid an otherwise aversive stimulus 
could either incur auditory injury or disruption of important behavior. 
If there is uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., whether the 
observed animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or whether the 
animals are traveling, the shutdown would be implemented.
    We propose this small delphinoid exception because shutdown 
requirements for small delphinoids under all circumstances represent 
practicability concerns without likely commensurate benefits for the 
animals in question. Small delphinoids are generally the most commonly 
observed marine mammals in the specific geographic region and would 
typically be the only marine mammals likely to intentionally approach 
the vessel. As described below, auditory injury is extremely unlikely 
to occur for mid-frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this group 
is relatively insensitive to sound produced at the predominant 
frequencies in an airgun pulse while also having a relatively high 
threshold for the onset of auditory injury (i.e., permanent threshold 
shift). Please see ``Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on 
Marine Mammals'' above for further discussion of sound metrics and 
thresholds and marine mammal hearing.
    A large body of anecdotal evidence indicates that small delphinoids 
commonly approach vessels and/or towed arrays during active sound 
production for purposes of bow riding, with no apparent effect observed 
in those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012). The potential for 
increased shutdowns resulting from such a measure would require the 
Atlantis to revisit the missed track line to reacquire data, resulting 
in an overall increase in the total sound energy input to the marine 
environment and an increase in the total duration over which the survey 
is active in a given area. Although other

[[Page 18688]]

mid-frequency hearing specialists (e.g., large delphinoids) are no more 
likely to incur auditory injury than are small delphinoids, they are 
much less likely to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining a shutdown 
requirement for large delphinoids would not have similar impacts in 
terms of either practicability for the applicant or corollary increase 
in sound energy output and time on the water. We do anticipate some 
benefit for a shutdown requirement for large delphinoids in that it 
simplifies somewhat the total range of decision-making for PSOs and may 
preclude any potential for physiological effects other than to the 
auditory system as well as some more severe behavioral reactions for 
any such animals in close proximity to the source vessel.
    At any distance, shutdown of the acoustic source would also be 
required upon observation of any of the following:
     A large whale (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) with 
a calf; or
     an aggregation of large whales of any species (i.e., sperm 
whale or any baleen whale) that does not appear to be traveling (e.g., 
feeding, socializing, etc.).
    These would be the only two potential situations that would require 
shutdown of the array for marine mammals observed beyond the 100 m EZ.

Ramp-Up Procedures

    Ramp-up of an acoustic source is intended to provide a gradual 
increase in sound levels following a shutdown, enabling animals to move 
away from the source if the signal is sufficiently aversive prior to 
its reaching full intensity. Ramp-up would be required after the array 
is shut down for any reason. Ramp-up would begin with the activation of 
one 45 in\3\ airgun, with the second 45 in\3\ airgun activated after 5 
minutes.
    At least two PSOs would be required to monitor during ramp-up. 
During ramp up, the PSOs would monitor the EZ, and if marine mammals 
were observed within the EZ or buffer zone, a shutdown would be 
implemented as though the full array were operational. If airguns have 
been shut down due to PSO detection of a marine mammal within or 
approaching the 100 m EZ, ramp-up would not be initiated until all 
marine mammals have cleared the EZ, during the day or night. Criteria 
for clearing the EZ would be as described above.
    Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation are required prior to 
ramp-up for any shutdown of longer than 30 minutes (i.e., if the array 
were shut down during transit from one line to another). This 30 minute 
pre-clearance period may occur during any vessel activity (i.e., 
transit). If a marine mammal were observed within or approaching the 
100 m EZ during this pre-clearance period, ramp-up would not be 
initiated until all marine mammals cleared the EZ. Criteria for 
clearing the EZ would be as described above. If the airgun array has 
been shut down for reasons other than mitigation (e.g., mechanical 
difficulty) for a period of less than 30 minutes, it may be activated 
again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant visual 
observation and no detections of any marine mammal have occurred within 
the EZ or buffer zone. Ramp-up would be planned to occur during periods 
of good visibility when possible. However, ramp-up would be allowed at 
night and during poor visibility if the 100 m EZ and 200 m buffer zone 
have been monitored by visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up.
    The operator would be required to notify a designated PSO of the 
planned start of ramp-up as agreed-upon with the lead PSO; the 
notification time should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the 
planned ramp-up. A designated PSO must be notified again immediately 
prior to initiating ramp-up procedures and the operator must receive 
confirmation from the PSO to proceed. The operator must provide 
information to PSOs documenting that appropriate procedures were 
followed. Following deactivation of the array for reasons other than 
mitigation, the operator would be required to communicate the near-term 
operational plan to the lead PSO with justification for any planned 
nighttime ramp-up.

Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures

    Vessel strike avoidance measures are intended to minimize the 
potential for collisions with marine mammals. These requirements do not 
apply in any case where compliance would create an imminent and serious 
threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is 
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction, 
cannot comply.
    The proposed measures include the following: Vessel operator and 
crew would maintain a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and slow 
down or stop the vessel or alter course to avoid striking any marine 
mammal. A visual observer aboard the vessel would monitor a vessel 
strike avoidance zone around the vessel according to the parameters 
stated below. Visual observers monitoring the vessel strike avoidance 
zone would be either third-party observers or crew members, but crew 
members responsible for these duties would be provided sufficient 
training to distinguish marine mammals from other phenomena. Vessel 
strike avoidance measures would be followed during surveys and while in 
transit.
    The vessel would maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales (i.e., baleen whales and sperm whales). If a large 
whale is within 100 m of the vessel the vessel would reduce speed and 
shift the engine to neutral, and would not engage the engines until the 
whale has moved outside of the vessel's path and the minimum separation 
distance has been established. If the vessel is stationary, the vessel 
would not engage engines until the whale(s) has moved out of the 
vessel's path and beyond 100 m. The vessel would maintain a minimum 
separation distance of 50 m from all other marine mammals (with the 
exception of delphinids of the genera Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, 
Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus that approach the vessel, as described 
above). If an animal is encountered during transit, the vessel would 
attempt to remain parallel to the animal's course, avoiding excessive 
speed or abrupt changes in course. Vessel speeds would be reduced to 10 
knots or less when mother/calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of 
cetaceans are observed near the vessel.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures 
provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved

[[Page 18689]]

understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density);
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks;
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat); and
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
    SIO submitted a marine mammal monitoring and reporting plan in 
their IHA application. Monitoring that is designed specifically to 
facilitate mitigation measures, such as monitoring of the EZ to inform 
potential shutdowns of the airgun array, are described above and are 
not repeated here.
    SIO's monitoring and reporting plan includes the following 
measures:

Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring

    As described above, PSO observations would take place during 
daytime airgun operations and nighttime start-ups (if applicable) of 
the airguns. During seismic operations, three visual PSOs would be 
based aboard the Atlantis. PSOs would be appointed by SIO with NMFS 
approval. During the majority of seismic operations, one PSO would 
monitor for marine mammals around the seismic vessel. PSOs would be on 
duty in shifts of duration no longer than 4 hours. Other crew would 
also be instructed to assist in detecting marine mammals and in 
implementing mitigation requirements (if practical). During daytime, 
PSOs would scan the area around the vessel systematically with reticle 
binoculars (e.g., 7x50 Fujinon) and with the naked eye. At night, PSOs 
would be equipped with night-vision equipment.
    PSOs would record data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals 
exposed to various received sound levels and to document apparent 
disturbance reactions or lack thereof. Data would be used to estimate 
numbers of animals potentially `taken' by harassment (as defined in the 
MMPA). They would also provide information needed to order a shutdown 
of the airguns when a marine mammal is within or near the EZ. When a 
sighting is made, the following information about the sighting would be 
recorded:
    (1) Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace; and
    (2) Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea 
state, visibility, and sun glare.
    All observations and shutdowns would be recorded in a standardized 
format. Data would be entered into an electronic database. The accuracy 
of the data entry would be verified by computerized data validity 
checks as the data are entered and by subsequent manual checking of the 
database. These procedures would allow initial summaries of data to be 
prepared during and shortly after the field program and would 
facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical, and other 
programs for further processing and archiving. The time, location, 
heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea state, visibility, and sun 
glare would also be recorded at the start and end of each observation 
watch, and during a watch whenever there is a change in one or more of 
the variables.
    Results from the vessel-based observations would provide:
    (1) The basis for real-time mitigation (e.g., airgun shutdown);
    (2) Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals 
potentially taken by harassment, which must be reported to NMFS;
    (3) Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine 
mammals in the area where the seismic study is conducted;
    (4) Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine 
mammals relative to the source vessel at times with and without seismic 
activity; and
    (5) Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals 
seen at times with and without seismic activity.

Reporting

    A report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the survey. The report would describe the operations that were 
conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the operations. The 
report would provide full documentation of methods, results, and 
interpretation pertaining to all monitoring and would summarize the 
dates and locations of seismic operations, and all marine mammal 
sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated seismic 
survey activities). The report would also include estimates of the 
number and nature of exposures that occurred above the harassment 
threshold based on PSO observations, including an estimate of those on 
the trackline but not detected.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the 
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not 
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A 
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the 
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context 
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location, 
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness 
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of 
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population 
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing 
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other 
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this 
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as 
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and 
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or 
ambient noise levels).
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all the species listed 
in Table 2, given that NMFS expects the

[[Page 18690]]

anticipated effects of the proposed seismic survey to be similar in 
nature. Where there are meaningful differences between species or 
stocks, or groups of species, in anticipated individual responses to 
activities, impact of expected take on the population due to 
differences in population status, or impacts on habitat, NMFS has 
identified species-specific factors to inform the analysis.
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of SIO's proposed seismic survey, even in the absence 
of proposed mitigation. Thus the proposed authorization does not 
authorize any mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects section, 
non-auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel strike are not 
expected to occur.
    We propose to authorize a limited number of instances of Level A 
harassment (Table 11) for one species. However, we believe that any PTS 
incurred in marine mammals as a result of the proposed activity would 
be in the form of only a small degree of PTS and not total deafness 
that would not be likely to affect the fitness of any individuals, 
because of the constant movement of both the Atlantis and of the marine 
mammals in the project area, as well as the fact that the vessel is not 
expected to remain in any one area in which individual marine mammals 
would be expected to concentrate for an extended period of time (i.e., 
since the duration of exposure to loud sounds will be relatively 
short). Also, as described above, we expect that marine mammals would 
be likely to move away from a sound source that represents an aversive 
stimulus, especially at levels that would be expected to result in PTS, 
given sufficient notice of the Atlantis's approach due to the vessel's 
relatively low speed when conducting seismic surveys. We expect that 
the majority of takes would be in the form of short-term Level B 
behavioral harassment in the form of temporary avoidance of the area or 
decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring), reactions that 
are considered to be of low severity and with no lasting biological 
consequences (e.g., Southall et al., 2007).
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified 
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat 
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, 
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral 
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly 
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, marine mammals that 
may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected to 
be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with 
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature 
of the disturbance, the availability of similar habitat and resources 
in the surrounding area, and the lack of important or unique marine 
mammal habitat, the impacts to marine mammals and the food sources that 
they utilize are not expected to cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations. In 
addition, there are no feeding, mating or calving areas known to be 
biologically important to marine mammals within the proposed project 
area.
    As described above, though marine mammals in the survey area would 
not be assigned to NMFS stocks, for purposes of the small numbers 
analysis we rely on stock numbers from the U.S. Atlantic SARs as the 
best available information on the abundance estimates for the species 
of marine mammals that could be taken. The activity is expected to 
impact a very small percentage of all marine mammal populations that 
would be affected by SIO's proposed survey (less than 34 percent each 
for all marine mammal stocks, when compared with stocks from the U.S. 
Atlantic as described above). Additionally, the acoustic ``footprint'' 
of the proposed survey would be very small relative to the ranges of 
all marine mammals that would potentially be affected. Sound levels 
would increase in the marine environment in a relatively small area 
surrounding the vessel compared to the range of the marine mammals 
within the proposed survey area. The seismic array would be active 24 
hours per day throughout the duration of the proposed survey. However, 
the very brief overall duration of the proposed survey (25 days) would 
further limit potential impacts that may occur as a result of the 
proposed activity.
    The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number 
and/or severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine mammals in 
the vicinity of the vessel by visual and acoustic observers, and by 
minimizing the severity of any potential exposures via shutdowns of the 
airgun array. Based on previous monitoring reports for substantially 
similar activities that have been previously authorized by NMFS, we 
expect that the proposed mitigation will be effective in preventing at 
least some extent of potential PTS in marine mammals that may otherwise 
occur in the absence of the proposed mitigation.
    Of the marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that are likely 
to occur in the project area, the following species are listed as 
endangered under the ESA: Fin, sei, blue, and sperm whales. There are 
currently insufficient data to determine population trends for these 
species (Hayes et al., 2017); however, we are proposing to authorize 
very small numbers of takes for these species (Table 11), relative to 
their population sizes (again, when compared to U.S. Atlantic stocks, 
for purposes of comparison only), therefore we do not expect 
population-level impacts to any of these species. The other marine 
mammal species that may be taken by harassment during SIO's seismic 
survey are not listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA. There 
is no designated critical habitat for any ESA-listed marine mammals 
within the project area; of the non-listed marine mammals for which we 
propose to authorize take, none are considered ``depleted'' or 
``strategic'' by NMFS under the MMPA.
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species due to SIO's 
proposed seismic survey would result in only short-term (temporary and 
short in duration) effects to individuals exposed, or some small degree 
of PTS to a very small number of individuals of four species. Marine 
mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected 
to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, 
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not 
anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
     The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine 
mammals would primarily be temporary behavioral changes due to 
avoidance of the area around the survey vessel. The relatively short 
duration of the proposed survey (25 days) would further limit the 
potential impacts of any temporary behavioral changes that would occur;
     The number of instances of PTS that may occur are expected 
to be very small in number (Table 11). Instances of PTS that are 
incurred in marine mammals would be of a low level, due

[[Page 18691]]

to constant movement of the vessel and of the marine mammals in the 
area, and the nature of the survey design (not concentrated in areas of 
high marine mammal concentration);
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The proposed project area does not contain areas of 
significance for feeding, mating or calving;
     The potential adverse effects on fish or invertebrate 
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals from the proposed 
survey would be temporary and spatially limited; and
     The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring and shutdowns, are expected to minimize potential 
impacts to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities.
    Marine mammals potentially taken by the proposed survey would not 
be expected to originate from the U.S. Atlantic stocks as defined by 
NMFS (Hayes et al., 2017). However, population abundance data for 
marine mammal species in the survey area is not available, therefore in 
most cases the U.S. Atlantic SARs represent the best available 
information on marine mammal abundance in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. 
For certain species (i.e., fin whale, minke whale and common dolphin) 
the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which 
provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson and 
Gosselin, 2009) represents the best available information on abundance. 
Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and 
availability bias, when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey 
effort provided more extensive coverage of a stock's range (as compared 
with NOAA shipboard survey effort), we elected to use the resulting 
abundance estimate over the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived 
from survey effort with more limited coverage of the stock range). For 
the humpback whale, NMFS defines a stock of humpback whales in the 
Atlantic only on the basis of the Gulf of Maine feeding population; 
however, multiple feeding populations originate from the DPS of 
humpback whales that is expected to occur in the proposed survey area 
(the West Indies DPS). As West Indies DPS whales from multiple feeding 
populations may be encountered in the proposed survey area, the total 
abundance of the West Indies DPS best reflects the abundance of the 
population that may encountered by the proposed survey. The West Indies 
DPS abundance estimate used here reflects the latest estimate as 
described in the NMFS Status Review of the Humpback Whale under the 
Endangered Species Act (Bettridge et al., 2015). Therefore, we use 
abundance data from the SARs in most cases, as well as from the TNASS 
and NMFS Status Review, for purposes of the small numbers analysis. The 
numbers of takes that we propose for authorization to be taken, for all 
species and stocks are less than a third of the population abundance 
for all species and stocks, when compared to abundance estimates from 
U.S. Atlantic SARs and TNASS and NMFS Status Review (Table 11). We 
again note that while some animals from U.S. stocks may occur in the 
proposed survey area, the proposed survey area is outside the 
geographic boundaries of the U.S. Atlantic SARs, thus populations of 
marine mammals in the proposed survey area would not be limited to the 
U.S. stocks and those populations may in fact be larger than the U.S. 
stock abundance estimates. In addition, it should be noted that take 
numbers represent instances of take, not individuals taken. Given the 
relatively small survey grids (Figure 1 in the IHA application), it is 
reasonable to expect that some individuals may be exposed more than one 
time, which would mean that the number of individuals taken is somewhat 
smaller than the total instances of take indicated in Table 1.
    No known current regional population estimates are available for 5 
marine mammal species that could be incidentally taken as a result of 
the proposed survey: The Bryde's whale, killer whale, pygmy killer 
whale, Northern bottlenose whale, and ringed seal. NMFS has reviewed 
the geographic distributions of these species in determining whether 
the numbers of takes proposed for authorization herein are likely to 
represent small numbers. Bryde's whales are distributed worldwide in 
tropical and sub-tropical waters (Kato and Perrin, 2009). Killer whales 
are broadly distributed in the Atlantic from the Arctic ice edge to the 
West Indies (Waring et al., 2015). The pygmy killer whale is 
distributed worldwide in tropical to sub-tropical waters (Jefferson et 
al. 1994). Northern bottlenose whales are distributed in the North 
Atlantic from Nova Scotia to about 70[deg] N in the Davis Strait, along 
the east coast of Greenland to 77[deg] N and from England, Norway, 
Iceland and the Faroe Islands to the south coast of Svalbard (Waring et 
al., 2015). The harp seal occurs throughout much of the North Atlantic 
and Arctic Oceans (Lavigne and Kovacs 1988). Based on the broad spatial 
distributions of these species relative to the areas where the proposed 
surveys would occur, NMFS preliminarily concludes that the authorized 
take of these species represent small numbers relative to the affected 
species' overall population sizes, though we are unable to quantify the 
proposed take numbers as a percentage of population.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity 
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small 
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size 
of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or 
stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability 
of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) 
requires that each Federal agency insure that any action it authorizes, 
funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize the continued

[[Page 18692]]

existence of any endangered or threatened species or result in the 
destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat. To 
ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, NMFS consults 
internally, in this case with the ESA Interagency Cooperation Division, 
whenever we propose to authorize take for endangered or threatened 
species.
    The NMFS Permits and Conservation Division is proposing to 
authorize the incidental take of 4 species of marine mammals which are 
listed under the ESA: the sei whale, fin whale, blue whale and sperm 
whale. We have requested initiation of Section 7 consultation with the 
Interagency Cooperation Division for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS 
will conclude the ESA section 7 consultation prior to reaching a 
determination regarding the proposed issuance of the authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to SIO for conducting a low-energy seismic survey in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean in June-July 2018, provided the previously 
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are 
incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The 
wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA 
(if issued).
    1. This IHA is valid for a period of one year from the date of 
issuance.
    2. This IHA is valid only for marine geophysical survey activity, 
as specified in the SIO IHA application and using an airgun array 
aboard the R/V Atlantis with characteristics specified in the 
application, in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of SIO, the vessel 
operator and other relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and any other 
relevant designees of SIO operating under the authority of this IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 11. The 
taking, by Level A and Level B harassment only, is limited to the 
species and numbers listed in Table 11. Any taking exceeding the 
authorized amounts listed in Table 11 is prohibited and may result in 
the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
    (c) The taking by serious injury or death of any species of marine 
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this IHA.
    (d) During use of the airgun(s), if marine mammal species other 
than those listed in Table 11 are detected by PSOs, the acoustic source 
must be shut down to avoid unauthorized take.
    (e) SIO shall ensure that the vessel operator and other relevant 
vessel personnel are briefed on all responsibilities, communication 
procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, operational procedures, 
and IHA requirements prior to the start of survey activity, and when 
relevant new personnel join the survey operations.
    4. Mitigation Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the 
following mitigation measures:
    (a) SIO must use at least three (3) dedicated, trained, NMFS-
approved PSOs. The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct 
observational effort, record observational data, and communicate with 
and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine 
mammals and mitigation requirements. PSO resumes shall be provided to 
NMFS for approval.
    (b) At least one PSO must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea 
experience working as a PSO during a deep penetration seismic survey, 
with no more than eighteen months elapsed since the conclusion of the 
at-sea experience. One ``experienced'' visual PSO shall be designated 
as the lead for the entire protected species observation team. The lead 
PSO shall serve as primary point of contact for the vessel operator.
    (c) Visual Observation
    (i) During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the 
acoustic source is planned to occur; whenever the acoustic source is in 
the water, whether activated or not), typically two, and minimally one, 
PSO(s) must be on duty and conducting visual observations at all times 
during daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through 
30 minutes following sunset).
    (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not less than 30 minutes prior to 
ramp-up, including for nighttime ramp-ups of the airgun array, and must 
continue until one hour after use of the acoustic source ceases or 
until 30 minutes past sunset.
    (iii) PSOs shall coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual coverage 
around the vessel from the most appropriate observation posts and shall 
conduct visual observations using binoculars and the naked eye while 
free from distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and diligent 
manner.
    (iv) PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive hours 
followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may 
conduct a maximum of 12 hours observation per 24 hour period.
    (v) During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea 
state 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the 
acoustic source is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and 
behavior with and without use of the acoustic source and between 
acquisition periods, to the maximum extent practicable.
    (d) Exclusion Zone and buffer zone--PSOs shall establish and 
monitor a 100 m EZ and 200 m buffer zone. The zones shall be based upon 
radial distance from any element of the airgun array (rather than being 
based on the center of the array or around the vessel itself). During 
use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals outside the EZ 
but within 200 m from any element of the airgun array shall be 
communicated to the operator to prepare for potential further 
mitigation measures as described below. During use of the acoustic 
source, occurrence of marine mammals within the EZ, or on a course to 
enter the EZ, shall trigger further mitigation measures as described 
below.
    (i) Ramp-up--A ramp-up procedure is required at all times as part 
of the activation of the acoustic source. Ramp-up would begin with one 
45 in\3\ airgun, and the second 45 in\3\ airgun would be added after 5 
minutes.
    (ii) If the airgun array has been shut down due to a marine mammal 
detection, ramp-up shall not occur until all marine mammals have 
cleared the EZ. A marine mammal is considered to have cleared the EZ 
if:
    (A) It has been visually observed to have left the EZ; or
    (B) It has not been observed within the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the 
case of small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in the case of mysticetes 
and large odontocetes including sperm, pygmy sperm, and beaked whales).
    (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation of the 100 m EZ 
and 200 m buffer zone are required prior to ramp-up for any shutdown of 
longer than 30 minutes. This pre-clearance period may occur during any 
vessel activity. If any marine mammal (including delphinids) is 
observed within or approaching the EZ or buffer zone during the 30 
minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the animal(s) 
has been observed exiting the EZ or buffer zone or until an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sightings (i.e., 15 minutes for 
small odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other species).
    (iv) During ramp-up, at least two PSOs shall monitor the 100 m EZ 
and 200 m buffer zone. Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine 
mammal (including delphinids) is observed within or approaching the 100 
m EZ. If

[[Page 18693]]

a marine mammal is observed within or approaching the 100 m EZ during 
ramp-up, a shutdown shall be implemented as though the full array were 
operational. Ramp-up may not begin again until the animal(s) has been 
observed exiting the 100 m EZ or until an additional time period has 
elapsed with no further sightings (i.e., 15 minutes for small 
odontocetes and 30 minutes for mysticetes and large odontocetes 
including sperm, pygmy sperm, and beaked whales).
    (v) If the airgun array has been shut down for reasons other than 
mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period of less than 30 
minutes, it may be activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have 
maintained constant visual observation and no visual detections of any 
marine mammal have occurred within the buffer zone.
    (vi) Ramp-up at night and at times of poor visibility shall only 
occur where operational planning cannot reasonably avoid such 
circumstances. Ramp-up may occur at night and during poor visibility if 
the 100 m EZ and 200 m buffer zone have been continually monitored by 
visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up with no marine mammal 
detections.
    (vii) The vessel operator must notify a designated PSO of the 
planned start of ramp-up. The designated PSO must be notified again 
immediately prior to initiating ramp-up procedures and the operator 
must receive confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
    (e) Shutdown requirements--An exclusion zone of 100 m shall be 
established and monitored by PSOs. If a marine mammal is observed 
within, entering, or approaching the 100 m exclusion zone all airguns 
shall be shut down.
    (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority to call for shutdown of the 
airgun array. When there is certainty regarding the need for mitigation 
action on the basis of visual detection, the relevant PSO(s) must call 
for such action immediately.
    (ii) The operator must establish and maintain clear lines of 
communication directly between PSOs on duty and crew controlling the 
airgun array to ensure that shutdown commands are conveyed swiftly 
while allowing PSOs to maintain watch.
    (iii) When a shutdown is called for by a PSO, the shutdown must 
occur and any dispute resolved only following shutdown.
    (iv) The shutdown requirement is waived for dolphins of the 
following genera: Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, Lagenorhynchus and 
Delphinus. The shutdown waiver only applies if animals are traveling, 
including approaching the vessel. If animals are stationary and the 
vessel approaches the animals, the shutdown requirement applies. If 
there is uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., whether the 
observed animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or whether the 
animals are traveling, shutdown must be implemented.
    (v) Upon implementation of a shutdown, the source may be 
reactivated under the conditions described at 4(e)(vi). Where there is 
no relevant zone (e.g., shutdown due to observation of a calf), a 30-
minute clearance period must be observed following the last observation 
of the animal(s).
    (vi) Shutdown of the array is required upon observation of a whale 
(i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) with calf, with ``calf'' 
defined as an animal less than two-thirds the body size of an adult 
observed to be in close association with an adult, at any distance.
    (vii) Shutdown of the array is required upon observation of an 
aggregation (i.e., six or more animals) of large whales of any species 
(i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) that does not appear to be 
traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.) at any distance.
    (f) Vessel Strike Avoidance--Vessel operator and crew must maintain 
a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and slow down or stop the 
vessel or alter course, as appropriate, to avoid striking any marine 
mammal. These requirements do not apply in any case where compliance 
would create an imminent and serious threat to a person or vessel or to 
the extent that a vessel is restricted in its ability to maneuver and, 
because of the restriction, cannot comply. A visual observer aboard the 
vessel must monitor a vessel strike avoidance zone around the vessel 
according to the parameters stated below. Visual observers monitoring 
the vessel strike avoidance zone can be either third-party observers or 
crew members, but crew members responsible for these duties must be 
provided sufficient training to distinguish marine mammals from other 
phenomena.
    (i) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales. The following avoidance measures must be taken if a 
large whale is within 100 m of the vessel:
    (A) The vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral, 
when feasible, and must not engage the engines until the whale has 
moved outside of the vessel's path and the minimum separation distance 
has been established.
    (B) If the vessel is stationary, the vessel must not engage engines 
until the whale(s) has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m.
    (ii) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 50 m 
from all other marine mammals, with an exception made for animals 
described in 4(e)(iv) that approach the vessel. If an animal is 
encountered during transit, the vessel shall attempt to remain parallel 
to the animal's course, avoiding excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
course.
    (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 knots or less when 
mother/calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of cetaceans are observed 
near the vessel.
    (g) Miscellaneous Protocols
    (i) The airgun array must be deactivated when not acquiring data or 
preparing to acquire data, except as necessary for testing. Unnecessary 
use of the acoustic source shall be avoided. Operational capacity of 90 
in\3\ (not including redundant backup airguns) must not be exceeded 
during the survey, except where unavoidable for source testing and 
calibration purposes. All occasions where activated source volume 
exceeds notified operational capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s) on 
duty and fully documented. The lead PSO must be granted access to 
relevant instrumentation documenting acoustic source power and/or 
operational volume.
    (ii) Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements requires 
normal mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up). Testing limited to 
individual source elements or strings does not require ramp-up but does 
require pre-clearance.
    5. Monitoring Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine 
mammal monitoring during survey activity. Monitoring shall be conducted 
in accordance with the following requirements:
    (a) The operator must provide a night-vision device suited for the 
marine environment for use during nighttime ramp-up pre-clearance, at 
the discretion of the PSOs. At minimum, the device should feature 
automatic brightness and gain control, bright light protection, 
infrared illumination, and optics suited for low-light situations.
    (b) PSOs must also be equipped with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50) 
of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent), GPS, compass, and 
any other tools necessary to adequately perform necessary tasks, 
including accurate determination of distance and bearing to observed 
marine mammals.
    (c) PSO Qualifications

[[Page 18694]]

    (i) PSOs must have successfully completed relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing a written 
and/or oral examination developed for the training program.
    (ii) PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from 
an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural 
sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the 
biological sciences and at least one undergraduate course in math or 
statistics. The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has 
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for 
such a waiver must include written justification. Alternate experience 
that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1) secondary 
education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work 
experience conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored 
marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the 
PSO should demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance 
of PSO duties.
    (d) Data Collection--PSOs must use standardized data forms, whether 
hard copy or electronic. PSOs shall record detailed information about 
any implementation of mitigation requirements, including the distance 
of animals to the acoustic source and description of specific actions 
that ensued, the behavior of the animal(s), any observed changes in 
behavior before and after implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown 
was implemented, the length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of 
the acoustic source to resume survey. If required mitigation was not 
implemented, PSOs should submit a description of the circumstances. We 
require that, at a minimum, the following information be reported:
    (i) PSO names and affiliations
    (ii) Dates of departures and returns to port with port name
    (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort
    (iv) Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort begins 
and ends; vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty 
shifts
    (v) Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts and upon any line change
    (vi) Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning 
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions change significantly), 
including wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea state, Beaufort wind 
force, swell height, weather conditions, cloud cover, sun glare, and 
overall visibility to the horizon
    (vii) Factors that may be contributing to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
change (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)
    (viii) Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-ramp-up survey, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.)
    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted, the following information 
should be recorded:
    (A) Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
    (B) PSO who sighted the animal;
    (C) Time of sighting;
    (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
    (G) Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
    (H) Pace of the animal;
    (I) Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to 
vessel at initial sighting;
    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified); also note the composition 
of the group if there is a mix of species;
    (K) Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
    (L) Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
    (M) Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of 
each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or 
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics);
    (N) Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows, number 
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling; as 
explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in 
behavior);
    (O) Animal's closest point of approach and/or closest distance from 
the center point of the acoustic source;
    (P) Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
    (Q) Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed or course alteration, 
etc.) and time and location of the action.
    6. Reporting
    (a) SIO shall submit a draft comprehensive report on all activities 
and monitoring results within 90 days of the completion of the survey 
or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes sooner. The report must 
describe all activities conducted and sightings of marine mammals near 
the activities, must provide full documentation of methods, results, 
and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring, and must summarize the 
dates and locations of survey operations and all marine mammal 
sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated survey 
activities). Geospatial data regarding locations where the acoustic 
source was used must be provided as an ESRI shapefile with all 
necessary files and appropriate metadata. In addition to the report, 
all raw observational data shall be made available to NMFS. The report 
must summarize the data collected as required under condition 5(d) of 
this IHA. The draft report must be accompanied by a certification from 
the lead PSO as to the accuracy of the report, and the lead PSO may 
submit directly to NMFS a statement concerning implementation and 
effectiveness of the required mitigation and monitoring. A final report 
must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of any comments 
from NMFS on the draft report.
    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the 
take of a marine mammal in a manner not prohibited by this IHA (if 
issued), such as serious injury or mortality, SIO shall immediately 
cease the specified activities and immediately report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources. The report must include the 
following information:
    (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (B) Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (C) Description of the incident;
    (D) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (G) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (H) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (J) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take.

[[Page 18695]]

NMFS will work with SIO to determine what measures are necessary to 
minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA 
compliance. SIO may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that SIO discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), SIO shall immediately report 
the incident to the NMFS Office of Protected Resources. The report must 
include the same information identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this 
IHA. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of 
the incident. NMFS will work with SIO to determine whether additional 
mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that SIO discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g., 
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), SIO shall report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources within 24 hours of the 
discovery. SIO shall provide photographs or video footage or other 
documentation of the sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed 
survey. We also request comment on the potential for renewal of this 
proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include with 
your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help 
inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
    On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a second one-year IHA 
without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly 
identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section 
is planned or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time the 
IHA expires and a second IHA would allow for completion of the 
activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section, 
provided all of the following conditions are met:
     A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days 
prior to expiration of the current IHA.
     The request for renewal must include the following:
    (1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the 
initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed 
activities or include changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) 
that the changes do not affect the previous analyses, take estimates, 
or mitigation and monitoring requirements.
    (2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the 
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the 
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not 
previously analyzed or authorized.
     Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the 
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS 
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, 
the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate, 
and the original findings remain valid.

    Dated: April 24, 2018.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-08891 Filed 4-26-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                18664                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  commenter may be publicly accessible.                 migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
                                                                                                        Do not submit confidential business                   feeding, or sheltering (Level B
                                                National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        information or otherwise sensitive or                 harassment).
                                                Administration                                          protected information.
                                                                                                                                                              National Environmental Policy Act
                                                RIN 0648–XF986                                          FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                        Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected                     To comply with the National
                                                Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.                      Environmental Policy Act of 1969
                                                Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     Electronic copies of the application and              (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
                                                Mammals Incidental to a Low-Energy                      supporting documents, as well as a list               NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
                                                Geophysical Survey in the Northwest                     of the references cited in this document,             216–6A, NMFS must review our
                                                Atlantic Ocean                                          may be obtained online at:                            proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
                                                                                                        www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                      incidental harassment authorization)
                                                AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                  with respect to potential impacts on the
                                                Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    take-authorizations-research-and-other-               human environment. This action is
                                                Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      activities. In case of problems accessing             consistent with categories of activities
                                                Commerce.                                               these documents, please call the contact              identified in Categorical Exclusion B4
                                                ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                     listed above.                                         (incidental harassment authorizations
                                                harassment authorization; request for                                                                         with no anticipated serious injury or
                                                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                comments.                                                                                                     mortality) of the Companion Manual for
                                                                                                        Background                                            NOAA Administrative Order 216–6A,
                                                SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request                    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               which do not individually or
                                                from the Scripps Institution of                         MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  cumulatively have the potential for
                                                Oceanography (SIO) for authorization to                 the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated               significant impacts on the quality of the
                                                take marine mammals incidental to a                     to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the                  human environment and for which we
                                                low-energy marine geophysical survey                    incidental, but not intentional, taking of            have not identified any extraordinary
                                                in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean.                        small numbers of marine mammals by                    circumstances that would preclude this
                                                Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                           U.S. citizens who engage in a specified               categorical exclusion. Accordingly,
                                                Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is                          activity (other than commercial fishing)              NMFS has preliminarily determined
                                                requesting comments on its proposal to                  within a specified geographical region if             that the issuance of the proposed IHA
                                                issue an incidental harassment                          certain findings are made and either                  qualifies to be categorically excluded
                                                authorization (IHA) to incidentally take                regulations are issued or, if the taking is           from further NEPA review.
                                                marine mammals during the specified                     limited to harassment, a notice of a
                                                activities. NMFS will consider public                                                                         Summary of Request
                                                                                                        proposed authorization is provided to
                                                comments prior to making any final                      the public for review.                                  On November 20, 2017, NMFS
                                                decision on the issuance of the                            An authorization for incidental                    received a request from SIO for an IHA
                                                requested MMPA authorization and                        takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                to take marine mammals incidental to
                                                agency responses will be summarized in                  that the taking will have a negligible                conducting a low-energy marine
                                                the final notice of our decision.                       impact on the species or stock(s), will               geophysical survey in the Northwest
                                                DATES: Comments and information must                    not have an unmitigable adverse impact                Atlantic Ocean. On February 8, 2018,
                                                be received no later than May 29, 2018.                 on the availability of the species or                 we deemed SIO’s application for
                                                ADDRESSES: Comments should be                           stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  authorization to be adequate and
                                                addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                     relevant), and if the permissible                     complete. SIO’s request is for take of a
                                                Permits and Conservation Division,                      methods of taking and requirements                    small number of 35 species of marine
                                                Office of Protected Resources, National                 pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              mammals by Level B harassment and
                                                Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                      and reporting of such takings are set                 Level A harassment. Neither SIO nor
                                                comments should be sent to 1315 East-                   forth.                                                NMFS expects mortality to result from
                                                West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910                      NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                      this activity, and, therefore, an IHA is
                                                and electronic comments should be sent                  impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact               appropriate. The planned activity is not
                                                to ITP.Carduner@noaa.gov.                               resulting from the specified activity that            expected to exceed one year, hence, we
                                                   Instructions: NMFS is not responsible                cannot be reasonably expected to, and is              do not expect subsequent MMPA
                                                for comments sent by any other method,                  not reasonably likely to, adversely affect            incidental harassment authorizations
                                                to any other address or individual, or                  the species or stock through effects on               would be issued for this particular
                                                received after the end of the comment                   annual rates of recruitment or survival.              activity.
                                                period. Comments received                                  The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’             Description of Proposed Activity
                                                electronically, including all                           means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or
                                                attachments, must not exceed a 25-                      attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill             Overview
                                                megabyte file size. Attachments to                      any marine mammal.                                      SIO proposes to conduct low-energy
                                                electronic comments will be accepted in                    Except with respect to certain                     marine seismic surveys in the
                                                Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF                    activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               Northwest Atlantic Ocean during June–
                                                file formats only. All comments                         defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act of                  July 2018. The surveys would take place
                                                received are a part of the public record                pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              in International Waters in water deeper
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                and will generally be posted online at                  has the potential to injure a marine                  than 1,000 meters (m) (See Figure 1 in
                                                www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                        mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  the IHA application). The proposed
                                                marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                    wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                surveys would involve one source
                                                take-authorizations-research-and-other-                 the potential to disturb a marine                     vessel, the R/V Atlantis. The Atlantis
                                                activities without change. All personal                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  would tow a pair of 45 cubic inch (in3)
                                                identifying information (e.g., name,                    wild by causing disruption of behavioral              GI airguns at a depth of 2–4 m with a
                                                address) voluntarily submitted by the                   patterns, including, but not limited to,              total discharge volume of approximately


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18665

                                                90 in3 as an energy source along                        of one hydrophone streamer, either 200                (nm) long main lines, three 20 nm cross
                                                predetermined lines.                                    or 600 m in length, as described below.               lines, and ∼60 nm of turns, for a total
                                                                                                        As the airguns are towed along the                    of ∼240 nm data per reconnaissance
                                                Dates and Duration
                                                                                                        survey lines, the hydrophone streamer                 grid. All data, including turns, would be
                                                   The seismic survey would be carried                  would receive the returning acoustic                  collected inside the boundaries of a 40
                                                out for approximately 25 days. The                      signals and transfer the data to the on-              x 40 nm box. The location, orientation,
                                                Atlantis would likely depart from St.                   board processing system.                              and size of the embedded high-quality
                                                George’s, Bermuda, on or about June 14,                    The proposed surveys would consist                 survey grid would depend on the
                                                2018 and would return to Woods Hole,                    of: (1) Digital bathymetric,                          information obtained during the
                                                Massachusetts, on or about July 17,                     echosounding and MCS surveys at six                   reconnaissance survey. A potential
                                                2018. Some deviation in timing could                    locations to enable the selection and                 high-quality grid could have 10
                                                result from unforeseen events such as                   analysis of potential future IODP drill               intersecting tracklines. A site
                                                weather, logistical issues, or mechanical               sites (see Survey Areas 1–6 in Figure 1               appropriate for potential future drilling
                                                issues with the research vessel and/or                  in the IHA application); and (2) digital              by the IODP would be identified with
                                                equipment. Seismic activities would                     bathymetric, echo-sounding and MCS                    each of these high-quality digital data
                                                occur 24 hours per day during the                       reflection profiles that tie the proposed             grids. These latter grids would comprise
                                                proposed survey.                                        drill sites to existing DSDP drill sites              at least 120 nm of data. In addition to
                                                Specific Geographic Region                              and replace poor-quality analog seismic               the six site surveys, MCS profiles would
                                                                                                        data. Each of the six site surveys would              be acquired at a speed of 8 kt, with a
                                                  The proposed surveys would take                       consist of grids of ship tracks that would            pair of 45-in3 airguns towed 8 m apart
                                                place in International Waters of the                    be acquired using two different types of              at a water depth of 2–4 m, using a 200-
                                                Northwest Atlantic Ocean, between                       airgun array configurations. The first                m streamer.
                                                ∼33.5° and 53.5° N, and 37° and 49° W.                  would be a reconnaissance grid                           The six proposed site surveys would
                                                Representative survey track lines for the               designed to identify the optimum                      collect up to 4,334 km of data; survey
                                                survey area is shown in Figure 1 of the                 orientation and length of seismic lines               lines connecting several grids and
                                                IHA application. The Atlantis would                     needed for a second, higher-data quality              existing DSDP drill sites, as shown in
                                                depart from St. George’s, Bermuda, and                  survey designed to locate exactly the                 Figure 1, comprise another 3,577 km, for
                                                would return to Woods Hole,                             most suitable potential future drill site             a total of 7,911 km of seismic
                                                Massachusetts.                                          suggested by results of the                           acquisition. All data would be collected
                                                Detailed Description of Specific Activity               reconnaissance survey. This two-step                  in water depths of more than 1,000 m.
                                                                                                        effort is needed for two reasons. First,              There could be additional seismic
                                                   SIO proposes to conduct low-energy                   most of the proposed survey sites have                operations in the project area associated
                                                seismic surveys low-energy seismic                      been crossed by low-resolution, single-               with equipment testing, re-acquisition
                                                surveys in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean                 channel, analog seismic data collected                due to equipment malfunction, data
                                                in International Waters between ∼33.5°                  30–40 years ago, and as such are only                 degradation during poor weather, or
                                                and 53.5° N, and 37° and 49° W, in                      marginally suitable for proper drill site             interruption due to shutdown or track
                                                water deeper than 1,000 m. The survey                   selection. Second, basement ridges are                deviation in compliance with IHA
                                                area and representative survey                          typically spaced closer than the 10–20                requirements. To account for these
                                                tracklines are shown in Figure 1 in the                 kilometer (km) resolution of satellite                additional seismic operations, 25
                                                IHA application. As described above,                    bathymetry that currently provides                    percent has been added in the form of
                                                some deviation in actual tracklines and                 constraints on seafloor features in this              operational days, which is equivalent to
                                                timing could be necessary. The                          region, making it necessary to conduct                adding 25 percent to the proposed line
                                                proposed surveys would be in support                    ship-borne bathymetric surveys as a first             km to be surveyed.
                                                of a potential future International Ocean               indicator of potential future drill                      In addition to the operations of the
                                                Discovery Program (IODP) project and                    locations.                                            airgun array, a multibeam echosounder
                                                would examine regional seismic                             Each reconnaissance grid would be                  (MBES) and a sub-bottom profiler (SBP)
                                                stratigraphy and provide seismic images                 collected using a pair of 45-in3 airguns,             would also be operated continuously
                                                of changing sediment distributions from                 with airguns spaced 8 m apart at a water              throughout the survey, but not during
                                                deepwater production changes. The                       depth of 2–4 m, with a 200 m                          transits to and from the project area. All
                                                proposed surveys would thus take place                  hydrophone streamer and with the                      planned geophysical data acquisition
                                                in an area that is of interest to the IODP              vessel traveling at 8 knots (kt). Each                activities would be conducted by SIO
                                                and that has older Deep Sea Drilling                    high-quality site-selection grid,                     with on-board assistance by the
                                                Project (DSDP) sites. To achieve the                    embedded entirely within the                          scientists who have proposed the study.
                                                program’s goals, the Principal                          boundaries of the reconnaissance grid,                The vessel would be self-contained, and
                                                Investigators propose to collect low-                   would be collected using a pair of 45-                the crew would live aboard the vessel
                                                energy, high-resolution multi-channel                   in3 airguns, with airguns spaced 2 m                  for the entire cruise.
                                                seismic (MCS) profiles.                                 apart at a depth of 2–4 m, with a 600                    The Atlantis has a length of 84 m, a
                                                   The procedures to be used for the                    m hydrophone streamer and with the                    beam of 16 m, and a maximum draft of
                                                seismic surveys would be similar to                     vessel traveling at to 5 kt to achieve                5.8 m. The ship is powered by diesel
                                                those used during previous seismic                      especially high-quality seismic                       electric motors and 1,180 SHP
                                                surveys by SIO and would use                            reflection data.                                      azimuthing stern thrusters. An
                                                conventional seismic methodology. The                      A reconnaissance grid and an                       operation speed of approximately 5–8 kt
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                surveys would involve one source                        embedded high-quality survey grid                     (9–15 km/hr) would be used during
                                                vessel, R/V Atlantis, which is operated                 would be centered at each of the six                  seismic acquisition. When not towing
                                                by Woods Hole Oceanographic                             Survey Areas, as shown in Figure 1 of                 seismic survey gear, the Atlantis cruises
                                                Institution (WHOI). R/V Atlantis would                  the IHA application. Figure 1 of the IHA              at approximately 11 kt (20 km/hr). It has
                                                deploy a pair of 45-in3 GI airguns as an                application also shows representative                 a normal operating range of
                                                energy source with a total volume of 90                 tracklines for a potential reconnaissance             approximately 32,000 km. The Atlantis
                                                in3. The receiving system would consist                 grid consisting of four 30 nautical mile              would also serve as the platform from


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18666                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                which vessel-based protected species                          TABLE 1—SPECIFICATIONS OF THE R/V including natural mortalities, that may
                                                visual observers (PSO) would watch for                              ATLANTIS AIRGUN ARRAY       be removed from a marine mammal
                                                marine mammals during airgun                                                                                                       stock while allowing that stock to reach
                                                operations.                                                   Number of airguns ....            2.                                 or maintain its optimum sustainable
                                                   During the survey, the Atlantis would                      Gun positions used ...            Two inline airguns 2-              population) and on annual levels of
                                                                                                                                                   or 8-m apart.                   serious injury and mortality from
                                                tow a pair of 45-in3 GI airguns and a                         Tow depth of energy               2–4 m.
                                                200- or 600-m long streamer containing                                                                                             anthropogenic sources are not available
                                                                                                                source.
                                                hydrophones along predetermined lines.                                                                                             for these marine mammal populations.
                                                                                                              Dominant frequency                0–188 Hz.
                                                                                                                components.                                                        Abundance estimates for marine
                                                The generator chamber of each GI
                                                                                                              Air discharge volume              Approximately 90 in3.              mammals in the survey location are
                                                airgun, the one responsible for
                                                                                                              Shot interval ..............      7.8 seconds.                       lacking; therefore the abundance
                                                introducing the sound pulse into the
                                                                                                                                                                                   estimates presented here are based on
                                                ocean, is 45 in3. The larger (105 in3)                           Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and                              the U.S. Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al.,
                                                injector chamber injects air into the                         reporting measures are described in                                  2017), as this is considered the best
                                                previously generated bubble to maintain                       detail later in this document (please see                            available information on potential
                                                its shape, and does not introduce more                        ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed                               abundance of marine mammals in the
                                                sound into the water. The two 45-in3 GI                       Monitoring and Reporting’’).                                         area. However, as described above, the
                                                airguns would be towed 21 m behind R/                                                                                              marine mammals encountered by the
                                                V Atlantis, 2 m (during 5-kt grid                             Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                                                                              Area of Specified Activities                                         proposed survey are not assigned to
                                                surveys) or 8 m (8-kt reconnaissance                                                                                               stocks. All abundance estimate values
                                                and seismic transect surveys) apart side                         Section 4 of the application                                      presented in Table 2 are the most recent
                                                by side, at a depth of 2–4 m. Surveys                         summarizes available information                                     available at the time of publication and
                                                with the 2-m airgun separation                                regarding status and trends, distribution                            are available in the 2017 U.S. Atlantic
                                                configuration would use a 600-m                               and habitat preferences, and behavior                                draft SARs (e.g., Hayes et al. 2017)
                                                hydrophone streamer, whereas surveys                          and life history, of the potentially                                 available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.
                                                with the 8-m airgun separation                                affected species. Additional information
                                                                                                                                                                                   gov/national/marine-mammal-
                                                                                                              about these species (e.g., physical and
                                                configuration would use a 200-m                                                                                                    protection/marine-mammal-stock-
                                                                                                              behavioral descriptions) may be found
                                                hydrophone streamer. Seismic pulses                                                                                                assessments, except where noted
                                                                                                              on NMFS’ website
                                                would be emitted at intervals of 25 m                                                                                              otherwise.
                                                                                                              (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
                                                for the 5 kt surveys using the 2-m GI                            The populations of marine mammals                                   Table 2 lists all species with expected
                                                airgun separation and at intervals of 50                      considered in this document do not                                   potential for occurrence in the survey
                                                m for the 8 kt surveys using the 8-m                          occur within the U.S. EEZ and are                                    area and with the potential to be taken
                                                airgun separation.                                            therefore not assigned to stocks and are                             as a result of the proposed survey, and
                                                                                                              not assessed in NMFS’ Stock                                          summarizes information related to the
                                                                                                              Assessment Reports (SAR). As such,                                   population, including regulatory status
                                                                                                              information on potential biological                                  under the MMPA and ESA. For
                                                                                                              removal (PBR; defined by the MMPA as                                 taxonomy, we follow Committee on
                                                                                                              the maximum number of animals, not                                   Taxonomy (2016).

                                                 TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA EXPECTED TO BE AFFECTED BY THE
                                                                                         SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
                                                                                                                                                                                     ESA/
                                                                                                                                                                                    MMPA                                        Relative
                                                                                         Species                                                            Stock                   status;         Abundance 2              occurrence in
                                                                                                                                                                                   Strategic                                  project area
                                                                                                                                                                                    (Y/N) 1

                                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)

                                                Family: Balaenopteridae:
                                                   Humpback whale 3 (Megaptera novaeangliae) .....................................                n/a   .......................   -/-; N       12,312 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Minke whale 4 (Balaenoptera acutorostrata) .........................................           n/a   .......................   -/-; N       20,741 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera brydei) ....................................................       n/a   .......................   -/-; N       unknown ...............       Uncommon.
                                                   Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis) ........................................................     n/a   .......................   E/D; Y       357 .......................   Uncommon.
                                                   Fin whale 4 (Balaenoptera physalus) ....................................................       n/a   .......................   E/D; Y       3,522 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus) ...................................................         n/a   .......................   E/D; Y       440 .......................   Uncommon.

                                                                        Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                Family: Physeteridae:
                                                   Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus) ..............................................            n/a .......................     E/D; Y       2,288 ....................    Uncommon.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                        Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                Family: Kogiidae:
                                                   Pygmy sperm whale 5 (Kogia breviceps) ..............................................           n/a .......................     -/-; N       3,785 ....................    Rare.
                                                   Dwarf sperm whale 5 (Kogia sima) .......................................................       n/a .......................     -/-; N       3,785 ....................    Rare.




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:49 Apr 26, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00004     Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM           27APN2


                                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                                                           18667

                                                 TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA EXPECTED TO BE AFFECTED BY THE
                                                                                   SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                          ESA/
                                                                                                                                                                                         MMPA                                        Relative
                                                                                           Species                                                               Stock                   status;         Abundance 2              occurrence in
                                                                                                                                                                                        Strategic                                  project area
                                                                                                                                                                                         (Y/N) 1

                                                                         Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                Family: Delphinidae:
                                                   Killer whale (Orcinus orca) ...................................................................     n/a   .......................   -/-; N       unknown ...............       Uncommon.
                                                   False killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens) ...........................................               n/a   .......................   -/-; N       442 .......................   Uncommon.
                                                   Pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata) .................................................             n/a   .......................   -/-; N       unknown ...............       Rare.
                                                   Short-finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus) ......................                        n/a   .......................   -/-; N       21,515 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Long-finned pilot whale (Globicephala melas) .....................................                  n/a   .......................   -/-; N       5,636 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) ...............................................                 n/a   .......................   -/-; N       79,833 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) ...............................................             n/a   .......................   -/-; N       77,532 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Striped dolphin (Stenella coeruleoala) ..................................................           n/a   .......................   -/-; N       54,807 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Risso’s dolphin (Grampus griseus) .......................................................           n/a   .......................   -/-; N       18,250 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Common dolphin 4 (Delphinus delphis) ................................................               n/a   .......................   -; N         173,486 ................      Uncommon.
                                                   Atlantic white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus obliquidens) .................                         n/a   .......................   -; N         48,819 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella frontalis) ..........................................            n/a   .......................   -; N         44,715 ..................     Uncommon.
                                                   Pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella attenuate) ..................................                 n/a   .......................   -; N         3,333 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   White beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus albirostris) ............................                      n/a   .......................   -; N         2,003 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno bredanensis) ........................................                  n/a   .......................   -; N         271 .......................   Rare.

                                                                         Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                Family: Ziphiidae:
                                                   Cuvier’s beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris) .........................................               n/a   .......................   -/-; N       6,532 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Blainville’s beaked whale 6 (Mesoplodon densirostris) .........................                     n/a   .......................   -; N         7,092 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   True’s beaked whale 6 (Mesoplodon mirus) .........................................                  n/a   .......................   -/-; N       7,092 ....................    Rare.
                                                   Gervais beaked whale 6 (Mesoplodon europaeus) ...............................                       n/a   .......................   -; N         7,092 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Sowerby’s beaked whale 6 (Mesoplodon bidens) .................................                      n/a   .......................   -; N         7,092 ....................    Uncommon.
                                                   Northern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon ampullatus) ..........................                        n/a   .......................   -; N         unknown ...............       Uncommon.

                                                                                                                   Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia

                                                Family: Phocidae (earless seals):
                                                   Hooded seal (Cystophora cristata) .......................................................           n/a .......................     -; N         592,100 ................      Rare.
                                                   Harp seal (Pagophilus groenlandicus) ..................................................             n/a .......................     -; N         7,100,000 .............       Rare.
                                                   Ringed seal (Pusa hispida) 7 ................................................................       n/a .......................     -; N         unknown ...............       Rare.
                                                   1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is
                                                not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct
                                                human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future.
                                                Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                   2 Abundance estimates are from the NMFS 2017 draft Atlantic SAR (Hayes et al., 2017) unless otherwise noted. We note that marine mam-
                                                mals in the survey area would not belong to NMFS stocks, as the survey area is outside the geographic boundaries for stock assessments, thus
                                                stock abundance estimates are provided for comparison purposes only.
                                                   3 NMFS defines a stock of humpback whales only on the basis of the Gulf of Maine feeding population; however, multiple feeding populations
                                                originate from the Distinct Population Segment (DPS) that is expected to occur in the proposed survey area (the West Indies DPS). As West In-
                                                dies DPS whales from multiple feeding populations may be encountered in the proposed survey area, the total abundance of the West Indies
                                                DPS best reflects the abundance of the population that may encountered by the proposed survey. The West Indies DPS abundance estimate
                                                shown here reflects the latest estimate as described in the NMFS Status Review of the Humpback Whale under the Endangered Species Act
                                                (Bettridge et al., 2015).
                                                   4 Abundance for these species is from the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the
                                                Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias,
                                                when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock’s range (as compared with NOAA shipboard
                                                survey effort), we elect to use the resulting abundance estimate over the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with infe-
                                                rior coverage of the stock range).
                                                   5 Abundance estimate represents pygmy and dwarf sperm whales combined.
                                                   6 Abundance estimate represents all species of Mesoplodon in the Atlantic.
                                                   7 NMFS does not have a defined stock of ringed seals in the Atlantic Ocean.




                                                   Four marine mammal species that are                           occurring in the survey area and thus                                  therefore not discussed further beyond
                                                listed under the Endangered Species Act                          are expected to have the potential to be                               the explanation provided here. Four
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                (ESA) may be present in the survey area                          taken by the proposed activities.                                      cetacean species, although present in
                                                and are included in the take request:                            Though other marine mammal species                                     the wider North Atlantic Ocean, likely
                                                The fin whale, sei whale, blue whale                             are known to occur in the North                                        would not be found near the proposed
                                                and sperm whale.                                                 Atlantic Ocean, the temporal and/or                                    project area because their ranges
                                                   Below is a description of the species                         spatial occurrence of several of these                                 generally do not extend as far north:
                                                that are both common in the survey area                          species is such that take of these species                             Clymene dolphin, Fraser’s dolphin,
                                                and that have the highest likelihood of                          is not expected to occur, and they are                                 spinner dolphin, and melon-headed



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:49 Apr 26, 2018     Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00005     Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM           27APN2


                                                18668                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                whale. Another cetacean species, the                    4, 5, and 6, and northwest of Survey                  Atlantic Ocean, Bryde’s whales are
                                                North Atlantic right whale, occurs in                   Area 6 (Figure 1 in the IHA application)              reported from the southeastern United
                                                nearshore waters off the U.S. coast, and                (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS,                   States including the Gulf of Mexico and
                                                its range does not extend as far offshore               2017). Two humpback whales outfitted                  the southern West Indies to Cabo Frio,
                                                as the proposed project area. Another                   with satellite transmitters near the                  Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves, 1983).
                                                three cetacean species occur in arctic                  Dominican Republic during winter and                  Bryde’s whales have been observed
                                                waters, and their ranges generally do not               spring of 2008 to 2012 were later                     feeding in the Azores during their
                                                extend as far south as the proposed                     reported off the east coast of Canada, as             northward spring migration (Villa et al.
                                                project area: The bowhead whale,                        well as near the proposed project area                2011), but the distribution of Bryde’s
                                                narwhal, and beluga. Two additional                     between Survey Sites 4 and 5 (Kennedy                 whale elsewhere in the North Atlantic is
                                                cetacean species, the Atlantic humpback                 et al. 2014). Humpback whales were                    not well known, though there are
                                                dolphin (which occurs in coastal waters                 sighted during a summer survey along                  records from Virginia south to Brazil in
                                                of western Africa) and the long-beaked                  the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to                the west, and from Morocco south to
                                                common dolphin (which occurs in                         north of the Azores, including east of                Cape of Good Hope in the east (Kato and
                                                coastal waters of South America and                     the survey area (Waring et al. 2008) and              Perrin, 2009). There was one Bryde’s
                                                western Africa) do not occur in deep                    they have also been sighted near the                  whale sighting reported at ∼40° N
                                                offshore waters. Several pinniped                       Mid-Atlantic Ridge near the Azores                    during a survey along the Mid-Atlantic
                                                species also are known to occur in                      (Silva et al. 2014; OBIS, 2017).                      Ridge north of the Azores (Waring et al.
                                                North Atlantic waters, but are not                      Humpback whales could be                              2008). Bryde’s whales could be
                                                expected to occur in deep offshore                      encountered in the proposed project                   encountered in the proposed project
                                                waters of the proposed project area,                    area during June–July, especially north               area during June–July.
                                                including the gray seal, harbor seal, and               of 40° N.
                                                                                                                                                              Sei Whale
                                                bearded seal.
                                                   We have reviewed SIO’s species                       Minke Whale                                              The sei whale occurs in all ocean
                                                descriptions, including life history                       The minke whale has a cosmopolitan                 basins (Horwood 2009) but appears to
                                                information, distribution, regional                     distribution ranging from the tropics                 prefer mid-latitude temperate waters
                                                distribution, diving behavior, and                      and subtropics to the ice edge in both                (Jefferson et al. 2008). It undertakes
                                                acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and                 hemispheres (Jefferson et al. 2008).                  seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar
                                                completeness. We refer the reader to                    Some populations migrate from high                    latitudes during summer and returns to
                                                Section 4 of SIO’s IHA application,                     latitude summering grounds to lower                   lower latitudes during winter to calve
                                                rather than reprinting the information                  latitude wintering grounds (Jefferson et              (Horwood 2009). The sei whale is
                                                here.                                                   al. 2015). In the Northern Hemisphere,                pelagic and generally not found in
                                                                                                        the minke whale is usually seen in                    coastal waters (Harwood and Wilson
                                                Humpback Whale                                          coastal areas, but can also occur in                  2001). It occurs in deeper waters
                                                   Humpback whales are found                            pelagic waters during northward                       characteristic of the continental shelf
                                                worldwide in all ocean basins. In                       migrations in spring and summer, and                  edge region (Hain et al. 1985) and in
                                                winter, most humpback whales occur in                   southward migration in autumn                         other regions of steep bathymetric relief
                                                the subtropical and tropical waters of                  (Stewart and Leatherwood, 1985; Perrin                such as seamounts and canyons
                                                the Northern and Southern Hemispheres                   and Brownell, 2009). Based on density                 (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and
                                                (Muto et al., 2015). These wintering                    modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for                Trites 2001).
                                                grounds are used for mating, giving                     the western North Atlantic, higher                       Based on density modeling by
                                                birth, and nursing new calves.                          densities are expected to occur north of              Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western
                                                Humpback whales were listed as                          40° N; very low densities are expected                North Atlantic, higher densities are
                                                endangered under the Endangered                         south of 40° N. One minke whale was                   expected to occur north of 40° N during
                                                Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in                      sighted during a summer survey along                  the summer; very low densities are
                                                June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced                    the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to                expected south of 40° N. Sei whales are
                                                the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to                    north of the Azores, east of SIO’s                    regularly sighted near the Azores during
                                                be listed as endangered. NMFS recently                  proposed Survey Area 5 (Figure 1 in the               spring (Vı́kingsson et al. 2010; Ryan et
                                                evaluated the status of the species, and                IHA application) (Waring et al., 2008),               al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014), and
                                                on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided                      and one sighting was made during June                 numerous sightings have also been
                                                the species into 14 distinct population                 2006 to the east of SIO’s proposed                    made there during summer (Silva et al.
                                                segments (DPS), removed the current                     Survey Area 6 at 53.3° N, 40.9° W (OBIS               2014; OBIS 2017). One sei whale that
                                                species-level listing, and in its place                 2017). Other minke whale sightings                    was tagged in the Azores during 2005
                                                listed four DPSs as endangered and one                  have also been reported between the                   (Olsen et al. 2009) and seven
                                                DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;                         proposed project area and the Mid-                    individuals that were tagged in the
                                                September 8, 2016). The remaining nine                  Atlantic Ridge (OBIS 2017), and                       Azores during May–June 2008 and 2009
                                                DPSs were not listed. The West Indies                   sightings have been made to the west of               travelled to the Labrador Sea, where
                                                DPS, which is not listed under the ESA,                 SIO’s proposed Survey Areas 2 to 6                    they spent extended periods of time on
                                                is the only DPS of humpback whale that                  during summer and other seasons (DFO                  the northern shelf, presumably to feed
                                                is expected to occur in the survey area.                Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017).                  (Prieto et al. 2010, 2014), then travelled
                                                   Based on density modeling by                                                                               northbound from the Azores just to the
                                                Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  Bryde’s Whale                                         east of SIO’s proposed Survey Areas 3
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                North Atlantic, higher densities are                      Bryde’s whales are distributed                      and 4, and between Survey Areas 5 and
                                                expected to occur north of 40° N during                 worldwide in tropical and sub-tropical                6, during May and June, en route to the
                                                the summer; very low densities are                      waters, but the taxonomy and number of                Labrador Sea (Olsen et al. 2009; Prieto
                                                expected south of 40° N. Several                        species and/or subspecies of Bryde’s                  et al. 2010, 2014). Sei whales could be
                                                sightings have been made in water                       whales in the world is currently a topic              encountered in the proposed project
                                                >2,000 m deep during the summer to                      of debate (Kato and Perrin 2009; Rosel                area during June–July, especially north
                                                the west of SIO’s proposed Survey Areas                 and Wilcox 2014). In the western                      of 40° N.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18669

                                                Fin Whale                                               from spring through fall, with most                   Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whale
                                                   Fin whales are found throughout all                  sightings reported for July and August                   Pygmy sperm whales are found in
                                                oceans from tropical to polar latitudes.                (DFO Sightings Database 2017). Blue                   tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                The species occurs most commonly                        whales have also been observed off                    throughout the world (Ross and
                                                offshore but can also be found in coastal               Newfoundland to the west of SIO’s                     Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper
                                                areas (Aguilar, 2009). Most populations                 proposed Survey Areas 2 and 3 (DFO                    waters with observations of this species
                                                migrate seasonally between temperate                    Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017), as               in greater than 4,000 m depth (Baird et
                                                waters where mating and calving occur                   well as northwest of SIO’s proposed                   al., 2013). Both Kogia species are
                                                in winter, and polar waters where                       Survey Area 6 (OBIS 2017). Blue whales                sighted primarily along the continental
                                                feeding occurs in summer (Aguilar,                      were seen during a summer survey                      shelf edge and slope and over deeper
                                                2009). However, recent evidence                         along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from                     waters off the shelf (Hansen et al. 1994;
                                                suggests that some animals may remain                   Iceland to north of the Azores, between               Davis et al. 1998). Several studies have
                                                at high latitudes in winter or low                      40 and 45° N (Waring et al. 2008).                    suggested that pygmy sperm whales live
                                                latitudes in summer (Edwards et al.                     Additionally, blue whales outfitted with              mostly beyond the continental shelf
                                                2015).                                                  satellite tags were tracked from the                  edge, whereas dwarf sperm whales tend
                                                   Based on density modeling by                         Azores northward along the Mid-                       to occur closer to shore, often over the
                                                Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  Atlantic Ridge during spring 2009 and                 continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et al.
                                                North Atlantic, higher densities are                    2011 (Silva et al. 2013). They have also              2002; MacLeod et al. 2004). Based on
                                                expected to occur north of 40° N; very                  been sighted in the Azores during late                density modeling by Mannocci et al.
                                                low densities are expected south of 40°                 spring and summer (Ryan et al. 2013;                  (2017) for the western North Atlantic,
                                                N. Fin whales are commonly sighted off                  OBIS 2017). Blue whales could be                      slightly higher densities are expected to
                                                Newfoundland and Labrador, with most                    encountered within the proposed                       occur south of 40° N compared to
                                                records for June through November                       project area during June–July, but are                northern regions. Pygmy and dwarf
                                                (DFO Sightings Database 2017). Several                  considered to be uncommon in the area.                sperm whales likely would be rare in
                                                fin whale sightings have been made to                                                                         the proposed project area.
                                                the west of SIO’s proposed Survey Areas                 Sperm Whale
                                                                                                                                                              Cuvier’s Beaked Whale
                                                3 to 6 (see Figure 1 in IHA application)                   Sperm whales are found throughout
                                                (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS                                                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale is the most
                                                                                                        the world’s oceans in deep waters
                                                2017). One sighting was made near                                                                             widespread of the beaked whales
                                                                                                        between about 60° N and 60° S
                                                SIO’s proposed Survey Area 5 at 53° N,                                                                        occurring in almost all temperate,
                                                                                                        latitudes. Their distribution is
                                                40° W (OBIS 2017). Fin whales were                                                                            subtropical, and tropical waters and
                                                                                                        dependent on their food source and
                                                sighted during a summer survey along                                                                          even some sub-polar and polar waters
                                                                                                        suitable conditions for breeding, and                 (MacLeod et al. 2006). It is found in
                                                the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from Iceland to
                                                                                                        varies with the sex and age composition               deep water over and near the
                                                north of the Azores, including east of
                                                                                                        of the group. They are generally                      continental slope (Jefferson et al. 2008).
                                                SIO’s proposed Survey Area 5 and
                                                                                                        distributed over large areas that have                There is one record of a Cuvier’s beaked
                                                between 40 and 45° N (Waring et al.
                                                                                                        high secondary productivity and steep                 whale from June 2006 between the
                                                2008). Several sightings have also been
                                                                                                        underwater topography, in waters at                   proposed seismic transects at 51.4° N,
                                                made between the proposed project area
                                                and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (OBIS 2017)                  least 1,000 m deep (Jaquet and                        43.1° W, as well as numerous sightings
                                                and fin whales were seen near the Mid-                  Whitehead 1996; Whitehead 2009).                      from the Azores (Silva et al. 2014; OBIS
                                                Atlantic Ridge at ∼60° N in July 2012                   Based on density modeling by Mannocci                 2017). Cuvier’s beaked whales could be
                                                (Ryan et al. 2013). Fin whales could be                 et al. (2017), sperm whale are expected               encountered in the proposed project
                                                encountered in the proposed project                     to occur throughout the deeper offshore               area.
                                                area during June–July, especially north                 waters of the western North Atlantic.
                                                                                                        Sightings of sperm whales were also                   Mesoplodont Beaked Whales (Including
                                                of 40° N.                                                                                                     True’s, Gervais’, Sowerby’s, and
                                                                                                        made on and east of the Flemish Cap,
                                                Blue Whale                                              along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from at                  Blainville’s Beaked Whale)
                                                   The blue whale has a cosmopolitan                    least 32 to 57° N, and near SIO’s                       Mesoplodont beaked whales are
                                                distribution and tends to be pelagic,                   proposed Survey Areas 1–4 and the                     distributed throughout deep waters and
                                                only coming nearshore to feed and                       seismic transects south of 45.5° N (OBIS              along the continental slopes of the
                                                possibly to breed (Jefferson et al. 2008).              2017). Sperm whales were the second                   North Atlantic Ocean. True’s beaked
                                                Blue whale migration is less well                       most commonly sighted cetacean                        whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in
                                                defined than for some other rorquals,                   species (n = 48) during a summer survey               warm temperate waters of the North
                                                and their movements tend to be more                     along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge from                     Atlantic and southern Indian oceans
                                                closely linked to areas of high primary                 Iceland to north of the Azores; sightings             (Pitman 2009). Gervais’ beaked whale is
                                                productivity, and hence prey, to meet                   were more abundant at and north of                    mainly oceanic and occurs in tropical
                                                their high energetic demands (Branch et                 ∼52° N, including to the east of SIO’s                and warmer temperate waters of the
                                                al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are                   proposed Survey Site 5 (Waring et al.                 Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al. 2015).
                                                seasonal migrants between high                          2008). Sperm whales were also sighted                 Sowerby’s beaked whale occurs in cold
                                                latitudes in the summer, where they                     ∼500 km north of Survey Area 1 during                 temperate waters of the Atlantic from
                                                feed, and low latitudes in the winter,                  the summer 2004 seismic survey by L–                  the Labrador Sea to the Norwegian Sea,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                where they mate and give birth (Lockyer                 DEO (Haley and Koski, 2004). There are                and south to New England, the Azores,
                                                and Brown 1981). Some individuals                       also numerous sightings of sperm                      and Madeira (Mead 1989). Blainville’s
                                                may stay in low or high latitudes                       whales in the Azores (Morato et al.                   beaked whale is found in tropical and
                                                throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer                  2008; Ryan et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014;            warm temperate waters of all oceans; it
                                                1990; Watkins et al. 2000).                             OBIS 2017). Sperm whales could be                     has the widest distribution throughout
                                                   Blue whales are uncommon in the                      encountered in the proposed project                   the world of all mesoplodont species
                                                waters of Newfoundland, but are seen                    area during June–July.                                and appears to be relatively common


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18670                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                (Pitman 2009). Relatively few records                   Killer whales could be encountered                    Greenland and the Barents Sea. Long-
                                                exist of Mesoplodont beaked whale                       within the proposed project area during               finned pilot whales are commonly
                                                observations in the proposed survey                     June–July.                                            sighted off Newfoundland and Labrador
                                                area. There are 16 records of Sowerby’s                                                                       (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OIBS
                                                                                                        False Killer Whale
                                                beaked whale near the Azores (OBIS                                                                            2017); although sightings have been
                                                2017) and 10 records of stranded                           The false killer whale is distributed              reported year-round, most have
                                                Sowerby’s beaked whales were recorded                   worldwide throughout warm temperate                   occurred during July and August (DFO
                                                in the central group of islands in the                  and tropical oceans (Jefferson et al.,                Sightings Database 2017). There are
                                                Azores from 2002 through 2009 (Pereira                  2008). This species is usually sighted in             numerous records near the deep waters
                                                et al. 2011). Mesoplodont beaked                        offshore waters but in some cases                     of the proposed project area, including
                                                whales, including True’s, Gervais’,                     inhabits waters closer shore (e.g.,                   sightings near SIO’s proposed Survey
                                                Sowerby’s, and Blainville’s beaked                      Hawaii, Baird et al., 2013). While                    Area 5 and near the end of the seismic
                                                whale, may be encountered in the                        records from the U.S. western North                   transect heading south of Area 5, and on
                                                proposed project area.                                  Atlantic have been uncommon, the                      and east of the Flemish Cap (OBIS
                                                                                                        combination of sighting, stranding and                2017). Long-finned pilot whales were
                                                Northern Bottlenose Whale                               bycatch records indicates that this                   also sighted ∼520 km north of Survey
                                                  Northern bottlenose whales are                        species routinely occurs in the western               Area 1 during the summer 2004 seismic
                                                distributed in the North Atlantic from                  North Atlantic. The pelagic range in the              survey by L–DEO (Haley and Koski
                                                Nova Scotia to about 70° N in the Davis                 North Atlantic is usually southward of                2004). The long-finned pilot whale
                                                Strait, along the east coast of Greenland               ∼30° N but wanderers have been                        could be encountered in the proposed
                                                to 77° N and from England, Norway,                      recorded as far north as Norway                       study area.
                                                Iceland and the Faroe Islands to the                    (Jefferson et al., 2015). There is one
                                                south coast of Svalbard. It is largely a                                                                      Bottlenose Dolphin
                                                                                                        record just to the west of Survey Areas
                                                deep-water species and is very seldom                   3 and 4, two records on the Mid-                         Bottlenose dolphins are widely
                                                found in waters less than 2,000 m deep                  Atlantic Ridge between 51° and 52° N,                 distributed throughout the world in
                                                (Mead, 1989; Whitehead and Hooker,                      and numerous records in and around                    tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                2012). There are two records just west                  the Azores (OBIS 2017). Silva et al.                  (Perrin et al. 2009). Generally, there are
                                                of SIO’s proposed Survey Area 4, four                   (2014) also reported records for the                  two distinct bottlenose dolphin
                                                records for the Mid-Atlantic Ridge                      Azores. False killer whales could be                  ecotypes: One mainly found in coastal
                                                between 52.8 and 54.3° N, and one                       encountered in the proposed project                   waters and one mainly found in oceanic
                                                record northeast of the beginning of the                area.                                                 waters (Duffield et al. 1983; Hoelzel et
                                                southwestern-most seismic transect                                                                            al. 1998; Walker et al. 1999). As well as
                                                (OBIS 2017). Northern bottlenose                        Pygmy Killer Whale                                    inhabiting different areas, these
                                                whales were also sighted ∼520 km north                     The pygmy sperm whale is                           ecotypes differ in their diving abilities
                                                of Survey Area 1 during the summer                      distributed worldwide in temperate to                 (Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead
                                                2004 seismic survey by L–DEO (Haley                     tropical waters (Caldwell and Caldwell,               and Potter 1995). Only the offshore
                                                and Koski 2004). Sightings have also                    1989; McAlpine, 2002). Sightings in the               ecotype is expected to occur in the
                                                been made in the Azores, including                      western North Atlantic occur in oceanic               proposed survey area. Based on
                                                during summer (Silva et al. 2014; OBIS                  waters (Mullin and Fulling, 2003).                    modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017),
                                                2017). Northern bottlenose whales could                 There are no records of this species near             densities are expected to be low
                                                be encountered in the proposed project                  the proposed project area in the OBIS                 throughout the deep offshore waters of
                                                area.                                                   database (OBIS 2017). Pygmy killer                    the western North Atlantic. However, in
                                                                                                        whales are expected to be rare within                 the OBIS database, there are records
                                                Killer Whale
                                                                                                        and near the proposed project area.                   throughout the North Atlantic,
                                                   Killer whales have been observed in                                                                        including in offshore waters near the
                                                all oceans and seas of the world                        Short-Finned Pilot Whale                              proposed project area between SIO’s
                                                (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978).                           Short-finned pilot whales are found in             proposed survey transects at 49.3° N,
                                                Killer whale distribution in the Western                all oceans, primarily in tropical and                 42.7° W; near Survey Areas 2, 3, and 4;
                                                Atlantic extends from the Arctic ice                    warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al.,               near Sites 558 and 563; and west of
                                                edge to the West Indies. Although                       2016). The species prefers deeper                     Survey Area 1 near the seismic transect
                                                reported from tropical and offshore                     waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m,                (OBIS 2017). Bottlenose dolphins were
                                                waters (Heyning and Dahlheim 1988),                     with most sightings between 500 m and                 sighted ∼500 km north of Survey Area
                                                killer whales prefer the colder waters of               3,000 m (Baird 2016). Although there                  1 during the summer 2004 seismic
                                                both hemispheres, with greatest                         are no records near the proposed project              survey by L–DEO (Haley and Koski
                                                abundances found within 800 km of                       area, sightings have been reported for                2004). They have also been reported in
                                                major continents (Mitchell 1975). Killer                the Azores (OBIS 2017). Short-finned                  the Azores (Morato et al. 2008; Silva et
                                                whales have been sighted in shelf and                   pilot whales could be encountered in                  al. 2014; OBIS 2017). Bottlenose
                                                offshore waters of Newfoundland and                     the proposed project area.                            dolphins could be encountered in the
                                                Labrador during June to September                                                                             proposed project area.
                                                (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS                      Long-Finned Pilot Whale
                                                2017). There is one record near SIO’s                      Long-finned pilot whales occur in                  Pantropical Spotted Dolphin
                                                proposed Survey Area 6, one near the                    temperate and sub-polar zones (Jefferson                The pantropical spotted dolphin is
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                end of the proposed seismic transect                    et al. 2015) and can be found in inshore              distributed worldwide in tropical and
                                                heading southwest of Survey Area 6,                     or offshore waters of the North Atlantic              some sub-tropical oceans (Perrin et al.
                                                east of the Flemish Cap, and northwest                  (Olson 2009). In the Northern                         1987; Perrin and Hohn 1994). In the
                                                of Survey Area 1 (OBIS 2017). One                       Hemisphere, their range includes the                  Atlantic, it can occur from ∼40° N to 40°
                                                record was made on the Mid-Atlantic                     U.S. east coast, Gulf of St. Lawrence, the            S but is much more abundant in the
                                                Ridge at ∼56° N, and there are numerous                 Azores, Madeira, North Africa, western                lower latitudes (Jefferson et al. 2015).
                                                records for the Azores (OBIS 2017).                     Mediterranean Sea, North Sea,                         Pantropical spotted dolphins are usually


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18671

                                                pelagic, although they occur close to                   Common Dolphin                                        (Leatherwood et al. 1976; CETAP 1982),
                                                shore where water near the coast is deep                  The common dolphin may be one of                    across the Atlantic to the Barents Sea
                                                (Jefferson et al. 2015). One sighting was               the most widely distributed species of                and south to at least Portugal (Reeves et
                                                made in May 2012 in the proposed                        cetaceans, as it is found world-wide in               al. 1999). It appears to prefer deep
                                                project area at 36.3° N, 53.3° W north of               temperate and subtropical seas. It is                 waters along the outer shelf and slope,
                                                the southern-most seismic transect                                                                            but can also occur in shallow areas and
                                                                                                        common in coastal waters 200–300 m
                                                (OBIS 2017). Pantropical spotted                                                                              far offshore (Jefferson et al. 2015). One
                                                                                                        deep (Evans 1994), but it can also occur
                                                dolphins could be encountered in the                                                                          sighting of white-beaked dolphin was
                                                                                                        thousands of kilometers offshore; the
                                                proposed project area.                                                                                        made in the deep waters off
                                                                                                        pelagic range in the North Atlantic
                                                                                                                                                              Newfoundland, southwest of SIO’s
                                                Atlantic Spotted Dolphin                                extends south to ∼35° N (Jefferson et al.
                                                                                                                                                              proposed Survey Area 6 near the
                                                                                                        2015). Based on density modeling by
                                                                                                                                                              proposed seismic transect, during July
                                                   Atlantic spotted dolphins are                        Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western
                                                                                                                                                              2012 (Ryan et al. 2013). Another
                                                distributed in tropical and warm                        North Atlantic, higher densities occur in
                                                                                                                                                              sighting was made near the proposed
                                                temperate waters of the western North                   offshore areas north of ∼40° N; very low
                                                                                                                                                              seismic transect southwest of Survey
                                                Atlantic (Leatherwood et al., 1976).                    densities are expected south of 40° N.                Area 5 at 50.1° N, 40.8° W during March
                                                Based on density modeling by Mannocci                   There are records throughout the North                2011 (OBIS 2017). White-beaked
                                                et al. (2017), Atlantic spotted dolphins                Atlantic, including sightings on the                  dolphins were observed on the Mid-
                                                occur throughout the western North                      shelf and offshore of Newfoundland and                Atlantic Ridge at 56.4° N during June
                                                Atlantic up to ∼45° N, with slightly                    the deep waters of the proposed project               2004 (Skov et al. 2004). White-beaked
                                                higher densities along 40° N and ∼32° N.                area (OBIS 2017). There are sighting                  dolphins could be encountered in the
                                                There are sighting records near SIO’s                   records just south of SIO’s proposed                  proposed project area during June–July.
                                                proposed Survey Area 2, and between                     Survey Area 5 along the seismic transect
                                                the Grand Banks and the southern-most                   and near Survey Areas 1–4 (OBIS 2017).                Risso’s Dolphin
                                                seismic transect (OBIS 2017). One                       There are numerous records along the                     Risso’s dolphins are found in tropical
                                                sighting was made at 34.0° N, 51.7° W                   Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 35° and 52°                to warm-temperate waters (Carretta et
                                                just to the northwest of Survey Area 1                  N (Doks#ter et al. 2008; OBIS 2017).                  al., 2016). The species occurs from
                                                during the spring 2013 L–DEO seismic                    Common dolphins also occur in the                     coastal to deep water but is most often
                                                survey in the Mid-Atlantic (Milne et al.                Azores (Morato et al. 2008; Ryan et al.               found in depths greater than 3,000 m
                                                2013). Atlantic spotted dolphins were                   2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017).                  with the highest sighting rate in depths
                                                also sighted ∼520 km north of Survey                    Common dolphins could be                              greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It
                                                Area 1 during the summer 2004 seismic                   encountered in the proposed project                   primarily occurs between 60° N and 60°
                                                survey by L–DEO (Haley and Koski                        area.                                                 S where surface water temperatures are
                                                2004). Sightings have also been made                    Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin                          at least 10 °C (Kruse et al. 1999). Based
                                                near the Azores, including during spring                                                                      on density modeling by Mannocci et al.
                                                and summer (Morato et al. 2008; Ryan                       White-sided dolphins are found in                  (2017) for the western North Atlantic,
                                                et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017).             temperate and sub-polar waters of the                 higher densities are expected to occur
                                                Atlantic spotted dolphins could be                      North Atlantic, primarily in continental              north of 40° N; very low densities are
                                                encountered in the proposed project                     shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour.              expected south of 40° N. There is one
                                                area.                                                   In the western North Atlantic the                     sighting record near SIO’s proposed
                                                                                                        species inhabits waters from central                  Survey Area 4, just north of the end of
                                                Striped Dolphin                                         West Greenland to North Carolina                      the proposed seismic transect; and one
                                                                                                        (about 35° N) and perhaps as far east as              sighting has been reported near Survey
                                                   Striped dolphins are found in tropical               29° W in the vicinity of the mid-Atlantic             Area 2 (OBIS 2017). There are numerous
                                                to warm-temperate waters throughout                     Ridge (Evans 1987; Hamazaki 2002;                     records for the Azores (Silva et al. 2014;
                                                the world (Carretta et al., 2016). Striped              Doksaeter et al. 2008; Waring et al.                  OBIS 2017). Risso’s dolphin could be
                                                dolphins are a deep water species,                      2008). Based on density modeling by                   encountered in the proposed project
                                                preferring depths greater than 3,500 m                  Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                area during June–July.
                                                (Baird 2016), but have been observed                    North Atlantic, densities are highest
                                                approaching shore where there is deep                   north of 40° N, with densities gradually              Harbor Porpoise
                                                water close to the coast (Jefferson et al.              decreasing to the south. Sighting records                The harbor porpoise inhabits
                                                2008). Based on density modeling by                     exist within or near the proposed                     temperate, subarctic, and arctic waters.
                                                Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  project area, including near SIO’s                    It is typically found in shallow water
                                                North Atlantic, higher densities are                    proposed Survey Areas 5 and 6, along                  (<100 m) nearshore, but it is
                                                expected in offshore waters north of                    the seismic transect heading southwest                occasionally sighted in deeper offshore
                                                ∼38° N, with the lowest densities south                 of Survey Area 6, near Survey Areas 3                 water (Jefferson et al. 2015). In the
                                                of ∼30° N. There are sighting records for               and 4, Site 563, and north of Survey                  western North Atlantic, it occurs from
                                                the deep offshore waters between the                    Area 1 (OBIS 2017). There are also                    the southeastern United States to Baffin
                                                coast of Canada and the Mid-Atlantic                    several records along the Mid-Atlantic                Island; in the eastern North Atlantic
                                                Ridge for May through August,                           Ridge between 35° and 60° N (Doks#ter                 (Jefferson et al. 2015). The harbor
                                                including near SIO’s proposed Survey                    et al. 2008; OBIS 2017). Atlantic white-              porpoise is generally considered
                                                Areas 2 and 3 (OBIS 2017). Sightings                    sided dolphins are likely to be                       uncommon in the offshore regions of the
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                were also made in June 2004 along the                   encountered in the proposed project                   proposed project area, although
                                                Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 41° and 49°                  area during June–July.                                sightings have been made along the
                                                N (Doks#ter et al. 2008). Striped                                                                             outer shelf of Newfoundland and the
                                                dolphins also occur in the Azores (Ryan                 White-Beaked Dolphin                                  Flemish Cap (DFO Sightings Database
                                                et al. 2013; Silva et al. 2014; OBIS 2017).               The white-beaked dolphin is found in                2017; OBIS 2017). Mannocci et al.
                                                Striped dolphins could be encountered                   waters from southern New England to                   (2017) reported relatively high densities
                                                in the proposed project area.                           southern Greenland and Davis Straits                  in offshore waters north of ∼40° N; very


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18672                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                low densities are expected to occur                     especially juveniles, have been reported              on the basis of recent echolocation data
                                                south of ∼38° N. Harbor porpoises have                  in the Azores and off northwestern                    and genetic data): Generalized hearing is
                                                been sighted in the Azores from May                     Africa (Jefferson et al. 2015). However,              estimated to occur between
                                                through September (OBIS 2017). Given                    there are no sightings in the OBIS                    approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz; and
                                                their preference for coastal waters,                    database for the proposed project area                   • Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true
                                                harbor porpoises are expected to be                     (OBIS 2017). Hooded seals are likely to               seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
                                                uncommon near the proposed survey                       be rare within and near the proposed                  to occur between approximately 50 Hz
                                                area.                                                   project area during June–July.                        to 86 kH.
                                                                                                                                                                 The pinniped functional hearing
                                                Ringed Seal                                             Marine Mammal Hearing                                 group was modified from Southall et al.
                                                  Ringed seals have a circumpolar                          Hearing is the most important sensory              (2007) on the basis of data indicating
                                                distribution and are found in all                       modality for marine mammals                           that phocid species have consistently
                                                seasonally ice-covered seas of the                      underwater, and exposure to                           demonstrated an extended frequency
                                                Northern Hemisphere as well as in                       anthropogenic sound can have                          range of hearing compared to otariids,
                                                certain freshwater lakes (King 1983).                   deleterious effects. To appropriately                 especially in the higher frequency range
                                                The subspecies P.h. hispida (Arctic                     assess the potential effects of exposure              (Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
                                                ringed seal) occurs in the Northwest                    to sound, it is necessary to understand               2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
                                                Atlantic Ocean. The southern range of                   the frequency ranges marine mammals                      For more detail concerning these
                                                the ringed seal extends to the coasts of                are able to hear. Current data indicate               groups and associated frequency ranges,
                                                Labrador and northern Newfoundland,                     that not all marine mammal species                    please see NMFS (2016) for a review of
                                                where it most commonly occurs from                      have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,                available information. Thirty-three
                                                November to January (Stenson 1994). As                  Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and                  marine mammal species (thirty cetacean
                                                the range of this species includes the                  Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).                 and three pinniped (all phocid) species)
                                                waters off southern Greenland and the                   To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)               have the reasonable potential to co-
                                                Labrador Sea, it could be encountered in                recommended that marine mammals be                    occur with the proposed survey
                                                the proposed project area, but ringed                   divided into functional hearing groups                activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the
                                                seals are likely to be rare within and                  based on directly measured or estimated               cetacean species that may be present,
                                                near the proposed project area.                         hearing ranges on the basis of available              six are classified as low-frequency
                                                                                                        behavioral response data, audiograms                  cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species),
                                                Harp Seal
                                                                                                        derived using auditory evoked potential               twenty-two are classified as mid-
                                                  The harp seal occurs throughout                       techniques, anatomical modeling, and                  frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid
                                                much of the North Atlantic and Arctic                   other data. Note that no direct                       species, beaked whales, and the sperm
                                                Oceans (Ronald and Healey 1981;                         measurements of hearing ability have                  whale), and three are classified as a
                                                Lavigne and Kovacs 1988). Harp seals                    been successfully completed for                       high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., harbor
                                                are highly migratory (Sergeant 1965;                    mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency                       porpoise, pygmy and dwarf sperm
                                                Stenson and Sjare 1997). Breeding                       cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)                 whales).
                                                occurs at different times for each stock                described generalized hearing ranges for
                                                between late February and April. Adults                 these marine mammal hearing groups.                   Potential Effects of Specified Activities
                                                then assemble on suitable pack ice to                   Generalized hearing ranges were chosen                on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
                                                undergo the annual molt. The migration                  based on the approximately 65 dB                         This section includes a summary and
                                                then continues north to Arctic summer                   threshold from the normalized                         discussion of the ways that components
                                                feeding grounds. Harp seals have mainly                 composite audiograms, with the                        of the specified activity may impact
                                                been sighted on the shelf off                           exception for lower limits for low-                   marine mammals and their habitat. The
                                                Newfoundland, but there are no                          frequency cetaceans where the lower                   ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                sightings in the OBIS database for the                  bound was deemed to be biologically                   Harassment’’ section later in this
                                                proposed project area (OBIS 2017). Harp                 implausible and the lower bound from                  document includes a quantitative
                                                seals are likely to be rare within and                  Southall et al. (2007) retained. The                  analysis of the number of individuals
                                                near the proposed project area during                   functional groups and the associated                  that are expected to be taken by this
                                                June–July.                                              frequencies are indicated below (note                 activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
                                                                                                        that these frequency ranges correspond                Analysis and Determination’’ section
                                                Hooded Seal
                                                                                                        to the range for the composite group,                 considers the content of this section, the
                                                  The hooded seal occurs throughout                     with the entire range not necessarily                 ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                much of the North Atlantic and Arctic                   reflecting the capabilities of every                  Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed
                                                Oceans (King 1983) preferring deeper                    species within that group):                           Mitigation’’ section, to draw
                                                water and occurring farther offshore                       • Low-frequency cetaceans                          conclusions regarding the likely impacts
                                                than harp seals (Sergeant 1976a;                        (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is                  of these activities on the reproductive
                                                Campbell 1987; Lavigne and Kovacs                       estimated to occur between                            success or survivorship of individuals
                                                1988; Stenson et al. 1996). Hooded seals                approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35                     and how those impacts on individuals
                                                remain on the Newfoundland                              kilohertz (kHz);                                      are likely to impact marine mammal
                                                continental shelf during winter/spring                     • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger                  species or stocks.
                                                (Stenson et al. 1996) and breeding                      toothed whales, beaked whales, and
                                                occurs in March. Hooded seals have                      most delphinids): Generalized hearing is              Description of Active Acoustic Sound
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                been reported in shelf and offshore                     estimated to occur between                            Sources
                                                waters of Newfoundland throughout the                   approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;                       This section contains a brief technical
                                                year, including west of Survey Area 6                      • High-frequency cetaceans                         background on sound, the
                                                and near the seismic transect southwest                 (porpoises, river dolphins, and members               characteristics of certain sound types,
                                                of SIO’s proposed Survey Area 6, during                 of the genera Kogia and                               and on metrics used in this proposal
                                                summer (Stenson and Kavanagh 1994;                      Cephalorhynchus; including two                        inasmuch as the information is relevant
                                                Andersen et al. 2009, 2012). Vagrants,                  members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,                  to the specified activity and to a


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18673

                                                discussion of the potential effects of the              and peak negative sound pressures.                       • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient
                                                specified activity on marine mammals                    Peak-to-peak pressure is typically                    sound related to human activity include
                                                found later in this document.                           approximately 6 dB higher than peak                   transportation (surface vessels),
                                                   Sound travels in waves, the basic                    pressure (Southall et al., 2007).                     dredging and construction, oil and gas
                                                components of which are frequency,                         When underwater objects vibrate or                 drilling and production, seismic
                                                wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.                    activity occurs, sound-pressure waves                 surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
                                                Frequency is the number of pressure                     are created. These waves alternately                  acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically
                                                waves that pass by a reference point per                compress and decompress the water as                  dominates the total ambient sound for
                                                unit of time and is measured in Hz or                   the sound wave travels. Underwater                    frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In
                                                cycles per second. Wavelength is the                    sound waves radiate in a manner similar               general, the frequencies of
                                                distance between two peaks or                           to ripples on the surface of a pond and               anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
                                                corresponding points of a sound wave                    may be either directed in a beam or                   and, if higher frequency sound levels
                                                (length of one cycle). Higher frequency                 beams or may radiate in all directions                are created, they attenuate rapidly.
                                                sounds have shorter wavelengths than                    (omnidirectional sources), as is the case             Sound from identifiable anthropogenic
                                                lower frequency sounds, and typically                   for pulses produced by the airgun arrays              sources other than the activity of
                                                attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,                      considered here. The compressions and                 interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is
                                                except in certain cases in shallower                    decompressions associated with sound                  sometimes termed background sound, as
                                                water. Amplitude is the height of the                   waves are detected as changes in                      opposed to ambient sound.
                                                sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’                 pressure by aquatic life and man-made                    The sum of the various natural and
                                                of a sound and is typically described                   sound receptors such as hydrophones.                  anthropogenic sound sources at any
                                                using the relative unit of the decibel                     Even in the absence of sound from the              given location and time—which
                                                (dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB                specified activity, the underwater                    comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
                                                is described as the ratio between a                     environment is typically loud due to                  sound—depends not only on the source
                                                measured pressure and a reference                       ambient sound. Ambient sound is                       levels (as determined by current
                                                pressure (for underwater sound, this is                 defined as environmental background                   weather conditions and levels of
                                                1 microPascal (mPa)) and is a                           sound levels lacking a single source or               biological and human activity) but also
                                                logarithmic unit that accounts for large                point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the              on the ability of sound to propagate
                                                variations in amplitude; therefore, a                   sound level of a region is defined by the             through the environment. In turn, sound
                                                relatively small change in dB                           total acoustical energy being generated               propagation is dependent on the
                                                corresponds to large changes in sound                   by known and unknown sources. These                   spatially and temporally varying
                                                pressure. The source level (SL)                         sources may include physical (e.g.,                   properties of the water column and sea
                                                represents the SPL referenced at a                      wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,                     floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
                                                distance of 1 m from the source                         atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,                 result of the dependence on a large
                                                (referenced to 1 mPa) while the received                sounds produced by marine mammals,                    number of varying factors, ambient
                                                level is the SPL at the listener’s position             fish, and invertebrates), and                         sound levels can be expected to vary
                                                (referenced to 1 mPa).                                  anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,               widely over both coarse and fine spatial
                                                   Root mean square (rms) is the                        construction) sound. A number of                      and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
                                                quadratic mean sound pressure over the                  sources contribute to ambient sound,                  given frequency and location can vary
                                                duration of an impulse. Root mean                       including the following (Richardson et                by 10–20 dB from day to day
                                                square is calculated by squaring all of                 al., 1995):                                           (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
                                                the sound amplitudes, averaging the                        • Wind and waves: The complex                      that, depending on the source type and
                                                squares, and then taking the square root                interactions between wind and water                   its intensity, sound from a given activity
                                                of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean                 surface, including processes such as                  may be a negligible addition to the local
                                                square accounts for both positive and                   breaking waves and wave-induced                       environment or could form a distinctive
                                                negative values; squaring the pressures                 bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a             signal that may affect marine mammals.
                                                makes all values positive so that they                  main source of naturally occurring                    Details of source types are described in
                                                may be accounted for in the summation                   ambient sound for frequencies between                 the following text.
                                                of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,                200 Hz and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson,                   Sounds are often considered to fall
                                                2005). This measurement is often used                   1995). In general, ambient sound levels               into one of two general types: Pulsed
                                                in the context of discussing behavioral                 tend to increase with increasing wind                 and non-pulsed (defined in the
                                                effects, in part because behavioral                     speed and wave height. Surf sound                     following). The distinction between
                                                effects, which often result from auditory               becomes important near shore, with                    these two sound types is important
                                                cues, may be better expressed through                   measurements collected at a distance of               because they have differing potential to
                                                averaged units than by peak pressures.                  8.5 km from shore showing an increase                 cause physical effects, particularly with
                                                   Sound exposure level (SEL;                           of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band                    regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
                                                represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents               during heavy surf conditions;                         Southall et al., 2007). Please see
                                                the total energy contained within a                        • Precipitation: Sound from rain and               Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
                                                pulse and considers both intensity and                  hail impacting the water surface can                  discussion of these concepts.
                                                duration of exposure. Peak sound                        become an important component of total                   Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
                                                pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak              sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and                explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
                                                sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum                   possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet                  impact pile driving) produce signals
                                                instantaneous sound pressure                            times;                                                that are brief (typically considered to be
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                measurable in the water at a specified                     • Biological: Marine mammals can                   less than one second), broadband, atonal
                                                distance from the source and is                         contribute significantly to ambient                   transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
                                                represented in the same units as the rms                sound levels, as can some fish and                    1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
                                                sound pressure. Another common                          snapping shrimp. The frequency band                   occur either as isolated events or
                                                metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure                   for biological contributions is from                  repeated in some succession. Pulsed
                                                (pk-pk), which is the algebraic                         approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz;                  sounds are all characterized by a
                                                difference between the peak positive                    and                                                   relatively rapid rise from ambient


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18674                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                pressure to a maximal pressure value                    the MBES would result in no more than                 responsiveness. Third is a zone within
                                                followed by a rapid decay period that                   one or two brief ping exposures of any                which, for signals of high intensity, the
                                                may include a period of diminishing,                    individual marine mammal, if any                      received level is sufficient to potentially
                                                oscillating maximal and minimal                         exposure were to occur. Thus, we                      cause discomfort or tissue damage to
                                                pressures, and generally have an                        conclude that the likelihood of marine                auditory or other systems. Overlaying
                                                increased capacity to induce physical                   mammal take resulting from MBES                       these zones to a certain extent is the
                                                injury as compared with sounds that                     exposure is discountable and therefore                area within which masking (i.e., when a
                                                lack these features.                                    we do not consider noise from the                     sound interferes with or masks the
                                                   Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,                      MBES further in this analysis.                        ability of an animal to detect a signal of
                                                narrowband, or broadband, brief or                                                                            interest that is above the absolute
                                                prolonged, and may be either                            Acoustic Impacts
                                                                                                                                                              hearing threshold) may occur; the
                                                continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,                       Potential Effects of Underwater                     masking zone may be highly variable in
                                                1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-                  Sound—Please refer to the information                 size.
                                                pulsed sounds can be transient signals                  given previously (‘‘Description of Active                We describe the more severe effects
                                                of short duration but without the                       Acoustic Sound Sources’’) regarding                   certain non-auditory physical or
                                                essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid             sound, characteristics of sound types,                physiological effects only briefly as we
                                                rise time). Examples of non-pulsed                      and metrics used in this document. Note               do not expect that use of airgun arrays
                                                sounds include those produced by                        that, in the following discussion, we                 are reasonably likely to result in such
                                                vessels, aircraft, machinery operations                 refer in many cases to a recent review                effects (see below for further
                                                such as drilling or dredging, vibratory                 article concerning studies of noise-                  discussion). Potential effects from
                                                pile driving, and active sonar systems                  induced hearing loss conducted from                   impulsive sound sources can range in
                                                (such as those used by the U.S. Navy).                  1996–2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). For                 severity from effects such as behavioral
                                                The duration of such sounds, as                         study-specific citations, please see that             disturbance or tactile perception to
                                                received at a distance, can be greatly                  work. Anthropogenic sounds cover a                    physical discomfort, slight injury of the
                                                extended in a highly reverberant                        broad range of frequencies and sound                  internal organs and the auditory system,
                                                environment.                                            levels and can have a range of highly                 or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
                                                   Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals                 variable impacts on marine life, from                 Non-auditory physiological effects or
                                                with energy in a frequency range from                   none or minor to potentially severe                   injuries that theoretically might occur in
                                                about 10–2,000 Hz, with most energy                     responses, depending on received                      marine mammals exposed to high level
                                                radiated at frequencies below 200 Hz.                   levels, duration of exposure, behavioral              underwater sound or as a secondary
                                                The amplitude of the acoustic wave                      context, and various other factors. The               effect of extreme behavioral reactions
                                                emitted from the source is equal in all                 potential effects of underwater sound                 (e.g., change in dive profile as a result
                                                directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but                 from active acoustic sources can                      of an avoidance reaction) caused by
                                                airgun arrays do possess some                           potentially result in one or more of the              exposure to sound include neurological
                                                directionality due to different phase                   following: Temporary or permanent                     effects, bubble formation, resonance
                                                delays between guns in different                        hearing impairment, non-auditory                      effects, and other types of organ or
                                                directions. Airgun arrays are typically                 physical or physiological effects,                    tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
                                                tuned to maximize functionality for data                behavioral disturbance, stress, and                   et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;
                                                acquisition purposes, meaning that                      masking (Richardson et al., 1995;                     Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities
                                                sound transmitted in horizontal                         Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,                  considered here do not involve the use
                                                directions and at higher frequencies is                 2007; Southall et al., 2007; Götz et al.,            of devices such as explosives or mid-
                                                minimized to the extent possible.                       2009). The degree of effect is                        frequency tactical sonar that are
                                                   As described above, a MBES and a                     intrinsically related to the signal                   associated with these types of effects.
                                                SBP would also be operated from the                     characteristics, received level, distance                1. Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
                                                Atlantis continuously throughout the                    from the source, and duration of the                  exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
                                                survey, but not during transits to and                  sound exposure. In general, sudden,                   lower-intensity sound for prolonged
                                                from the project area. Due to the lower                 high level sounds can cause hearing                   periods, can experience hearing
                                                source level of the SBP relative to the                 loss, as can longer exposures to lower                threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
                                                Atlantis’s airgun array, the sounds from                level sounds. Temporary or permanent                  hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
                                                the SBP are expected to be effectively                  loss of hearing will occur almost                     ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
                                                subsumed by the sounds from the                         exclusively for noise within an animal’s              permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
                                                airgun array. Thus, any marine mammal                   hearing range. We first describe specific             of hearing sensitivity is not fully
                                                that was exposed to sounds from the                     manifestations of acoustic effects before             recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
                                                SBP would already have been exposed                     providing discussion specific to the use              which case the animal’s hearing
                                                to sounds from the airgun array, which                  of airguns.                                           threshold would recover over time
                                                are expected to propagate further in the                  Richardson et al. (1995) described                  (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
                                                water. As such, the SBP is not expected                 zones of increasing intensity of effect               exposure that leads to TTS could cause
                                                to result in the take of any marine                     that might be expected to occur, in                   PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
                                                mammal that has not already been taken                  relation to distance from a source and                be total or partial deafness, while in
                                                by the sounds from the airgun array, and                assuming that the signal is within an                 most cases the animal has an impaired
                                                therefore we do not consider noise from                 animal’s hearing range. First is the area             ability to hear sounds in specific
                                                the SBP further in this analysis. Each                  within which the acoustic signal would                frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                ping emitted by the MBES consists of                    be audible (potentially perceived) to the                When PTS occurs, there is physical
                                                four successive fan-shaped                              animal, but not strong enough to elicit               damage to the sound receptors in the ear
                                                transmissions, each ensonifying a sector                any overt behavioral or physiological                 (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
                                                that extends 1° fore–aft. Given the                     response. The next zone corresponds                   represents primarily tissue fatigue and
                                                movement and speed of the vessel, the                   with the area where the signal is audible             is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
                                                intermittent and narrow downward-                       to the animal and of sufficient intensity             addition, other investigators have
                                                directed nature of the sounds emitted by                to elicit behavioral or physiological                 suggested that TTS is within the normal


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                           18675

                                                bounds of physiological variability and                 may be able to readily compensate for                 TTS for various stimuli. For summaries
                                                tolerance and does not represent                        a brief, relatively small amount of TTS               of data on TTS in marine mammals or
                                                physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).                     in a non-critical frequency range that                for further discussion of TTS onset
                                                Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS                   occurs during a time where ambient                    thresholds, please see Southall et al.
                                                to constitute auditory injury.                          noise is lower and there are not as many              (2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
                                                   Relationships between TTS and PTS                    competing sounds present.                             Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
                                                thresholds have not been studied in                     Alternatively, a larger amount and                       2. Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
                                                marine mammals, and there is no PTS                     longer duration of TTS sustained during               disturbance may include a variety of
                                                data for cetaceans but such relationships               time when communication is critical for               effects, including subtle changes in
                                                are assumed to be similar to those in                   successful mother/calf interactions                   behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
                                                humans and other terrestrial mammals.                   could have more serious impacts.                      of an area or changes in vocalizations),
                                                PTS typically occurs at exposure levels                    Finneran et al. (2015) measured                    more conspicuous changes in similar
                                                at least several decibels above (a 40-dB                hearing thresholds in three captive                   behavioral activities, and more
                                                threshold shift approximates PTS onset;                 bottlenose dolphins before and after                  sustained and/or potentially severe
                                                e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974)                exposure to ten pulses produced by a                  reactions, such as displacement from or
                                                that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB                          seismic airgun in order to study TTS                  abandonment of high-quality habitat.
                                                threshold shift approximates TTS onset;                 induced after exposure to multiple                    Behavioral responses to sound are
                                                e.g., Southall et al. 2007). Based on data              pulses. Exposures began at relatively                 highly variable and context-specific and
                                                from terrestrial mammals, a                             low levels and gradually increased over               any reactions depend on numerous
                                                precautionary assumption is that the                    a period of several months, with the                  intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
                                                PTS thresholds for impulse sounds                       highest exposures at peak SPLs from                   species, state of maturity, experience,
                                                (such as airgun pulses as received close                196 to 210 dB and cumulative                          current activity, reproductive state,
                                                to the source) are at least 6 dB higher                 (unweighted) SELs from 193–195 dB.                    auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
                                                than the TTS threshold on a peak-                       No substantial TTS was observed. In                   well as the interplay between factors
                                                pressure basis and PTS cumulative                       addition, behavioral reactions were                   (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
                                                sound exposure level (SELcum)                           observed that indicated that animals can              al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
                                                thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than                  learn behaviors that effectively mitigate             2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
                                                TTS SELcum thresholds (Southall et al.,                 noise exposures (although exposure                    reactions can vary not only among
                                                2007). Given the higher level of sound                  patterns must be learned, which is less               individuals but also within an
                                                or longer exposure duration necessary to                likely in wild animals than for the                   individual, depending on previous
                                                cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is                   captive animals considered in this                    experience with a sound source,
                                                considerably less likely that PTS could                 study). The authors note that the failure             context, and numerous other factors
                                                occur.                                                  to induce more significant auditory                   (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
                                                   For mid-frequency cetaceans in                       effects likely due to the intermittent                depending on characteristics associated
                                                particular, potential protective                        nature of exposure, the relatively low                with the sound source (e.g., whether it
                                                mechanisms may help limit onset of                      peak pressure produced by the acoustic                is moving or stationary, number of
                                                TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such                       source, and the low-frequency energy in               sources, distance from the source).
                                                mechanisms include dampening of                         airgun pulses as compared with the                    Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
                                                hearing, auditory adaptation, or                        frequency range of best sensitivity for               et al. (2007) for a review of studies
                                                behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall               dolphins and other mid-frequency                      involving marine mammal behavioral
                                                and Supin, 2013; Miller et al., 2012;                   cetaceans.                                            responses to sound.
                                                Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al.,                       Currently, TTS data only exist for four               Habituation can occur when an
                                                2016).                                                  species of cetaceans (bottlenose                      animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
                                                   TTS is the mildest form of hearing                   dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise,               with repeated exposure, usually in the
                                                impairment that can occur during                        and Yangtze finless porpoise) exposed                 absence of unpleasant associated events
                                                exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While                 to a limited number of sound sources                  (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
                                                experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold                 (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band                   likely to habituate to sounds that are
                                                rises, and a sound must be at a higher                  noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,              predictable and unvarying. It is
                                                level in order to be heard. In terrestrial              2015). In general, harbor porpoises have              important to note that habituation is
                                                and marine mammals, TTS can last from                   a lower TTS onset than other measured                 appropriately considered as a
                                                minutes or hours to days (in cases of                   cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).                    ‘‘progressive reduction in response to
                                                strong TTS). In many cases, hearing                     Additionally, the existing marine                     stimuli that are perceived as neither
                                                sensitivity recovers rapidly after                      mammal TTS data come from a limited                   aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
                                                exposure to the sound ends. Few data                    number of individuals within these                    more generally, moderation in response
                                                on sound levels and durations necessary                 species. There are no data available on               to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
                                                to elicit mild TTS have been obtained                   noise-induced hearing loss for                        2009). The opposite process is
                                                for marine mammals.                                     mysticetes.                                           sensitization, when an unpleasant
                                                   Marine mammal hearing plays a                           Critical questions remain regarding                experience leads to subsequent
                                                critical role in communication with                     the rate of TTS growth and recovery                   responses, often in the form of
                                                conspecifics, and interpretation of                     after exposure to intermittent noise and              avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
                                                environmental cues for purposes such                    the effects of single and multiple pulses.            As noted, behavioral state may affect the
                                                as predator avoidance and prey capture.                 Data at present are also insufficient to              type of response. For example, animals
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                Depending on the degree (elevation of                   construct generalized models for                      that are resting may show greater
                                                threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              recovery and determine the time                       behavioral change in response to
                                                time), and frequency range of TTS, and                  necessary to treat subsequent exposures               disturbing sound levels than animals
                                                the context in which it is experienced,                 as independent events. More                           that are highly motivated to remain in
                                                TTS can have effects on marine                          information is needed on the                          an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
                                                mammals ranging from discountable to                    relationship between auditory evoked                  1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
                                                serious. For example, a marine mammal                   potential and behavioral measures of                  Controlled experiments with captive


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18676                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                marine mammals have showed                              presentation, as well as differences in               2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
                                                pronounced behavioral reactions,                        species sensitivity, are likely                       al., 2016).
                                                including avoidance of loud sound                       contributing factors to differences in                   Marine mammals vocalize for
                                                sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed                response in any given circumstance                    different purposes and across multiple
                                                responses of wild marine mammals to                     (e.g., Croll et al. 2001; Nowacek et al.              modes, such as whistling, echolocation
                                                loud pulsed sound sources (typically                    2004; Madsen et al. 2006; Yazvenko et                 click production, calling, and singing.
                                                seismic airguns or acoustic harassment                  al. 2007). A determination of whether                 Changes in vocalization behavior in
                                                devices) have been varied but often                     foraging disruptions incur fitness                    response to anthropogenic noise can
                                                consist of avoidance behavior or other                  consequences would require                            occur for any of these modes and may
                                                behavioral changes suggesting                           information on or estimates of the                    result from a need to compete with an
                                                discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;                   energetic requirements of the affected                increase in background noise or may
                                                see also Richardson et al., 1995;                       individuals and the relationship                      reflect increased vigilance or a startle
                                                Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many                    between prey availability, foraging effort            response. For example, in the presence
                                                delphinids approach acoustic source                     and success, and the life history stage of            of potentially masking signals,
                                                vessels with no apparent discomfort or                  the animal.                                           humpback whales and killer whales
                                                obvious behavioral change (e.g.,                           Visual tracking, passive acoustic                  have been observed to increase the
                                                Barkaszi et al., 2012).                                 monitoring, and movement recording                    length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
                                                   Available studies show wide variation                tags were used to quantify sperm whale                Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
                                                in response to underwater sound;                        behavior prior to, during, and following              while right whales have been observed
                                                therefore, it is difficult to predict                   exposure to airgun arrays at received                 to shift the frequency content of their
                                                specifically how any given sound in a                   levels in the range 140–160 dB at                     calls upward while reducing the rate of
                                                particular instance might affect marine                 distances of 7–13 km, following a phase-              calling in areas of increased
                                                mammals perceiving the signal. If a                     in of sound intensity and full array                  anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
                                                marine mammal does react briefly to an                  exposures at 1–13 km (Madsen et al.,                  In some cases, animals may cease sound
                                                underwater sound by changing its                        2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales              production during production of
                                                behavior or moving a small distance, the                did not exhibit horizontal avoidance                  aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
                                                impacts of the change are unlikely to be                                                                         Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive
                                                                                                        behavior at the surface. However,
                                                significant to the individual, let alone                                                                      acoustic monitoring to document the
                                                                                                        foraging behavior may have been
                                                the stock or population. However, if a                                                                        presence of singing humpback whales
                                                                                                        affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19
                                                sound source displaces marine                                                                                 off the coast of northern Angola and to
                                                                                                        percent less vocal (buzz) rate during full
                                                mammals from an important feeding or                                                                          opportunistically test for the effect of
                                                                                                        exposure relative to post exposure, and               seismic survey activity on the number of
                                                breeding area for a prolonged period,
                                                                                                        the whale that was approached most                    singing whales. Two recording units
                                                impacts on individuals and populations
                                                                                                        closely had an extended resting period                were deployed between March and
                                                could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
                                                                                                        and did not resume foraging until the                 December 2008 in the offshore
                                                Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
                                                                                                        airguns had ceased firing. The                        environment; numbers of singers were
                                                2005). However, there are broad
                                                                                                        remaining whales continued to execute                 counted every hour. Generalized
                                                categories of potential response, which
                                                                                                        foraging dives throughout exposure;                   Additive Mixed Models were used to
                                                we describe in greater detail here, that
                                                                                                        however, swimming movements during                    assess the effect of survey day
                                                include alteration of dive behavior,
                                                alteration of foraging behavior, effects to             foraging dives were six percent lower                 (seasonality), hour (diel variation),
                                                breathing, interference with or alteration              during exposure than control periods                  moon phase, and received levels of
                                                of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.                 (Miller et al., 2009). These data raise               noise (measured from a single pulse
                                                   Changes in dive behavior can vary                    concerns that seismic surveys may                     during each ten minute sampled period)
                                                widely, and may consist of increased or                 impact foraging behavior in sperm                     on singer number. The number of
                                                decreased dive times and surface                        whales, although more data are required               singers significantly decreased with
                                                intervals as well as changes in the rates               to understand whether the differences                 increasing received level of noise,
                                                of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,              were due to exposure or natural                       suggesting that humpback whale
                                                Frankel and Clark 2000; Ng and Leung                    variation in sperm whale behavior                     breeding activity was disrupted to some
                                                2003; Nowacek et al. 2004; Goldbogen et                 (Miller et al., 2009).                                extent by the survey activity.
                                                al. 2013). Variations in dive behavior                     Variations in respiration naturally                   Castellote et al. (2012) reported
                                                may reflect interruptions in biologically               vary with different behaviors and                     acoustic and behavioral changes by fin
                                                significant activities (e.g., foraging) or              alterations to breathing rate as a                    whales in response to shipping and
                                                they may be of little biological                        function of acoustic exposure can be                  airgun noise. Acoustic features of fin
                                                significance. The impact of an alteration               expected to co-occur with other                       whale song notes recorded in the
                                                to dive behavior resulting from an                      behavioral reactions, such as a flight                Mediterranean Sea and northeast
                                                acoustic exposure depends on what the                   response or an alteration in diving.                  Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas
                                                animal is doing at the time of the                      However, respiration rates in and of                  with different shipping noise levels and
                                                exposure and the type and magnitude of                  themselves may be representative of                   traffic intensities and during a seismic
                                                the response.                                           annoyance or an acute stress response.                airgun survey. During the first 72 hours
                                                   Disruption of feeding behavior can be                Various studies have shown that                       of the survey, a steady decrease in song
                                                difficult to correlate with anthropogenic               respiration rates may either be                       received levels and bearings to singers
                                                sound exposure, so it is usually inferred               unaffected or could increase, depending               indicated that whales moved away from
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                by observed displacement from known                     on the species and signal characteristics,            the acoustic source and out of the study
                                                foraging areas, the appearance of                       again highlighting the importance in                  area. This displacement persisted for a
                                                secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets                 understanding species differences in the              time period well beyond the 10-day
                                                or sediment plumes), or changes in dive                 tolerance of underwater noise when                    duration of seismic airgun activity,
                                                behavior. As for other types of                         determining the potential for impacts                 providing evidence that fin whales may
                                                behavioral response, the frequency,                     resulting from anthropogenic sound                    avoid an area for an extended period in
                                                duration, and temporal pattern of signal                exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,               the presence of increased noise. The


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                         18677

                                                authors hypothesize that fin whale                         A flight response is a dramatic change             substantive behavioral reactions and
                                                acoustic communication is modified to                   in normal movement to a directed and                  multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
                                                compensate for increased background                     rapid movement away from the                          example, just because an activity lasts
                                                noise and that a sensitization process                  perceived location of a sound source.                 for multiple days does not necessarily
                                                may play a role in the observed                         The flight response differs from other                mean that individual animals are either
                                                temporary displacement.                                 avoidance responses in the intensity of               exposed to activity-related stressors for
                                                   Seismic pulses at average received                   the response (e.g., directed movement,                multiple days or, further, exposed in a
                                                levels of 131 dB re 1 mPa2-s caused blue                rate of travel). Relatively little                    manner resulting in sustained multi-day
                                                whales to increase call production (Di                  information on flight responses of                    substantive behavioral responses.
                                                Iorio and Clark, 2010). In contrast,                    marine mammals to anthropogenic                          Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea
                                                McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue                   signals exist, although observations of               observations during 1,196 seismic
                                                whale with seafloor seismometers and                    flight responses to the presence of                   surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large
                                                reported that it stopped vocalizing and                 predators have occurred (Connor and                   arrays of airguns (considered to be 500
                                                changed its travel direction at a range of              Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight               in3 or more) were firing, lateral
                                                10 km from the acoustic source vessel                   response could range from brief,                      displacement, more localized
                                                (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).                temporary exertion and displacement                   avoidance, or other changes in behavior
                                                Blackwell et al. (2013) found that                      from the area where the signal provokes               were evident for most odontocetes.
                                                bowhead whale call rates dropped                        flight to, in extreme cases, marine                   However, significant responses to large
                                                significantly at onset of airgun use at                 mammal strandings (Evans and                          arrays were found only for the minke
                                                sites with a median distance of 41–45                   England, 2001). However, it should be                 whale and fin whale. Behavioral
                                                km from the survey. Blackwell et al.                    noted that response to a perceived                    responses observed included changes in
                                                (2015) expanded this analysis to show                   predator does not necessarily invoke                  swimming or surfacing behavior, with
                                                that whales actually increased calling                  flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and                   indications that cetaceans remained
                                                rates as soon as airgun signals were                    whether individuals are solitary or in                near the water surface at these times.
                                                detectable before ultimately decreasing                 groups may influence the response.                    Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less
                                                calling rates at higher received levels                    Behavioral disturbance can also                    often when large arrays were active.
                                                (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ∼127 dB).                    impact marine mammals in more subtle                  Behavioral observations of gray whales
                                                Overall, these results suggest that                     ways. Increased vigilance may result in               during a seismic survey monitored
                                                                                                        costs related to diversion of focus and               whale movements and respirations
                                                bowhead whales may adjust their vocal
                                                                                                        attention (i.e., when a response consists             pre-, during and post-seismic survey
                                                output in an effort to compensate for
                                                                                                        of increased vigilance, it may come at                (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state
                                                noise before ceasing vocalization effort
                                                                                                        the cost of decreased attention to other              and water depth were the best ‘natural’
                                                and ultimately deflecting from the
                                                                                                        critical behaviors such as foraging or                predictors of whale movements and
                                                acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,
                                                                                                        resting). These effects have generally not            respiration and, after considering
                                                2015). These studies demonstrate that
                                                                                                        been demonstrated for marine                          natural variation, none of the response
                                                even low levels of noise received far
                                                                                                        mammals, but studies involving fish                   variables were significantly associated
                                                from the source can induce changes in
                                                                                                        and terrestrial animals have shown that               with seismic survey or vessel sounds.
                                                vocalization and/or behavior for                                                                                 3. Stress Responses—An animal’s
                                                                                                        increased vigilance may substantially
                                                mysticetes.                                             reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                 perception of a threat may be sufficient
                                                   Avoidance is the displacement of an                  and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al. 2002;                 to trigger stress responses consisting of
                                                individual from an area or migration                    Purser and Radford 2011). In addition,                some combination of behavioral
                                                path as a result of the presence of a                   chronic disturbance can cause                         responses, autonomic nervous system
                                                sound or other stressors, and is one of                 population declines through reduction                 responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
                                                the most obvious manifestations of                      of fitness (e.g., decline in body                     immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
                                                disturbance in marine mammals                           condition) and subsequent reduction in                Moberg 2000). In many cases, an
                                                (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,                 reproductive success, survival, or both               animal’s first and sometimes most
                                                gray whales are known to change                         (e.g., Harrington and Veitch 1992; Daan               economical (in terms of energetic costs)
                                                direction—deflecting from customary                     et al. 1996; Bradshaw et al. 1998).                   response is behavioral avoidance of the
                                                migratory paths—in order to avoid noise                 However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported               potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
                                                from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,                     that increased vigilance in bottlenose                system responses to stress typically
                                                1984). Humpback whales showed                           dolphins exposed to sound over a five-                involve changes in heart rate, blood
                                                avoidance behavior in the presence of                   day period did not cause any sleep                    pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
                                                an active seismic array during                          deprivation or stress effects.                        These responses have a relatively short
                                                observational studies and controlled                       Many animals perform vital functions,              duration and may or may not have a
                                                exposure experiments in western                         such as feeding, resting, traveling, and              significant long-term effect on an
                                                Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).                      socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour                 animal’s fitness.
                                                Avoidance may be short-term, with                       cycle). Disruption of such functions                     Neuroendocrine stress responses often
                                                animals returning to the area once the                  resulting from reactions to stressors                 involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-
                                                noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,                  such as sound exposure are more likely                adrenal system. Virtually all
                                                1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;                  to be significant if they last more than              neuroendocrine functions that are
                                                Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et                     one diel cycle or recur on subsequent                 affected by stress—including immune
                                                al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is                 days (Southall et al., 2007).                         competence, reproduction, metabolism,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                possible, however, which may lead to                    Consequently, a behavioral response                   and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
                                                changes in abundance or distribution                    lasting less than one day and not                     hormones. Stress-induced changes in
                                                patterns of the affected species in the                 recurring on subsequent days is not                   the secretion of pituitary hormones have
                                                affected region if habituation to the                   considered particularly severe unless it              been implicated in failed reproduction,
                                                presence of the sound does not occur                    could directly affect reproduction or                 altered metabolism, reduced immune
                                                (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al.,            survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that           competence, and behavioral disturbance
                                                2006).                                                  there is a difference between multi-day               (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 2000).


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18678                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                Increases in the circulation of                         seismic exploration) in origin. The                      Masking affects both senders and
                                                glucocorticoids are also equated with                   ability of a noise source to mask                     receivers of acoustic signals and can
                                                stress (Romano et al. 2004).                            biologically important sounds depends                 potentially have long-term chronic
                                                   The primary distinction between                      on the characteristics of both the noise              effects on marine mammals at the
                                                stress (which is adaptive and does not                  source and the signal of interest (e.g.,              population level as well as at the
                                                normally place an animal at risk) and                   signal-to-noise ratio, temporal                       individual level. Low-frequency
                                                ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.               variability, direction), in relation to each          ambient sound levels have increased by
                                                During a stress response, an animal uses                other and to an animal’s hearing                      as much as 20 dB (more than three times
                                                glycogen stores that can be quickly                     abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency               in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
                                                replenished once the stress is alleviated.              range, critical ratios, frequency                     from pre-industrial periods, with most
                                                In such circumstances, the cost of the                  discrimination, directional                           of the increase from distant commercial
                                                stress response would not pose serious                  discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),             shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All
                                                fitness consequences. However, when                     and existing ambient noise and                        anthropogenic sound sources, but
                                                an animal does not have sufficient                      propagation conditions.                               especially chronic and lower-frequency
                                                energy reserves to satisfy the energetic                   Under certain circumstances, marine                signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
                                                costs of a stress response, energy                      mammals experiencing significant                      contribute to elevated ambient sound
                                                resources must be diverted from other                   masking could also be impaired from                   levels, thus intensifying masking.
                                                functions. This state of distress will last             maximizing their performance fitness in
                                                until the animal replenishes its                                                                              Ship Strike
                                                                                                        survival and reproduction. Therefore,
                                                energetic reserves sufficiently to restore                                                                       Vessel collisions with marine
                                                                                                        when the coincident (masking) sound is
                                                normal function.                                                                                              mammals, or ship strikes, can result in
                                                                                                        man-made, it may be considered
                                                   Relationships between these                                                                                death or serious injury of the animal.
                                                                                                        harassment when disrupting or altering
                                                physiological mechanisms, animal                                                                              Wounds resulting from ship strike may
                                                                                                        critical behaviors. It is important to
                                                behavior, and the costs of stress                                                                             include massive trauma, hemorrhaging,
                                                                                                        distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
                                                responses are well-studied through                                                                            broken bones, or propeller lacerations
                                                                                                        after the sound exposure, from masking,
                                                controlled experiments and for both                                                                           (Knowlton and Kraus 2001). An animal
                                                                                                        which occurs during the sound
                                                laboratory and free-ranging animals                                                                           at the surface may be struck directly by
                                                                                                        exposure. Because masking (without
                                                (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,                                                                   a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the
                                                                                                        resulting in TS) is not associated with               bottom of a vessel, or an animal just
                                                1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
                                                                                                        abnormal physiological function, it is                below the surface may be cut by a
                                                al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
                                                                                                        not considered a physiological effect,                vessel’s propeller. Superficial strikes
                                                responses due to exposure to
                                                                                                        but rather a potential behavioral effect.             may not kill or result in the death of the
                                                anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
                                                and their effects on marine mammals                        The frequency range of the potentially             animal. These interactions are typically
                                                have also been reviewed (Fair and                       masking sound is important in                         associated with large whales (e.g., fin
                                                Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)                     determining any potential behavioral                  whales), which are occasionally found
                                                and, more rarely, studied in wild                       impacts. For example, low-frequency                   draped across the bulbous bow of large
                                                populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).               signals may have less effect on high-                 commercial ships upon arrival in port.
                                                For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found                frequency echolocation sounds                         Although smaller cetaceans are more
                                                that noise reduction from reduced ship                  produced by odontocetes but are more                  maneuverable in relation to large vessels
                                                traffic in the Bay of Fundy was                         likely to affect detection of mysticete               than are large whales, they may also be
                                                associated with decreased stress in                     communication calls and other                         susceptible to strike. The severity of
                                                North Atlantic right whales. These and                  potentially important natural sounds                  injuries typically depends on the size
                                                other studies lead to a reasonable                      such as those produced by surf and                    and speed of the vessel, with the
                                                expectation that some marine mammals                    some prey species. The masking of                     probability of death or serious injury
                                                will experience physiological stress                    communication signals by                              increasing as vessel speed increases
                                                responses upon exposure to acoustic                     anthropogenic noise may be considered                 (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et al.
                                                stressors and that it is possible that                  as a reduction in the communication                   2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007;
                                                some of these would be classified as                    space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)           Conn and Silber 2013). Impact forces
                                                ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal                   and may result in energetic or other                  increase with speed, as does the
                                                experiencing TTS would likely also                      costs as animals change their                         probability of a strike at a given distance
                                                experience stress responses (NRC,                       vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.            (Silber et al. 2010; Gende et al. 2011).
                                                2003).                                                  2000; Foote et al. 2004; Parks et al.                    Pace and Silber (2005) also found that
                                                   4. Auditory Masking—Sound can                        2007; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt et                the probability of death or serious injury
                                                disrupt behavior through masking, or                    al. 2009). Masking can be reduced in                  increased rapidly with increasing vessel
                                                interfering with, an animal’s ability to                situations where the signal and noise                 speed. Specifically, the predicted
                                                detect, recognize, or discriminate                      come from different directions                        probability of serious injury or death
                                                between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,             (Richardson et al. 1995), through                     increased from 45 to 75 percent as
                                                those used for intraspecific                            amplitude modulation of the signal, or                vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn,
                                                communication and social interactions,                  through other compensatory behaviors                  and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn.
                                                prey detection, predator avoidance,                     (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can                  Higher speeds during collisions result in
                                                navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;                   be tested directly in captive species                 greater force of impact, but higher
                                                Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when                 (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild                        speeds also appear to increase the
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                the receipt of a sound is interfered with               populations it must be either modeled                 chance of severe injuries or death
                                                by another coincident sound at similar                  or inferred from evidence of masking                  through increased likelihood of
                                                frequencies and at similar or higher                    compensation. There are few studies                   collision by pulling whales toward the
                                                intensity, and may occur whether the                    addressing real-world masking sounds                  vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al.
                                                sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,                likely to be experienced by marine                    1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan
                                                wind, waves, precipitation) or                          mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et             and Taggart (2007) analyzed the
                                                anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,                   al. 2013).                                            probability of lethal mortality of large


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18679

                                                whales at a given speed, showing that                   instances represents a circumstance that              al. 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al. 1980;
                                                the greatest rate of change in the                      would be considered reasonably                        Best 1982). Numerous studies suggest
                                                probability of a lethal injury to a large               foreseeable or that would be considered               that the physiology, behavior, habitat
                                                whale as a function of vessel speed                     preventable.                                          relationships, age, or condition of
                                                occurs between 8.6 and 15 kt. The                          Although the likelihood of the vessel              cetaceans may cause them to strand or
                                                chances of a lethal injury decline from                 striking a marine mammal is low, we                   might pre-dispose them to strand when
                                                approximately 80 percent at 15 kt to                    require a robust ship strike avoidance                exposed to another phenomenon. These
                                                approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kt. At                  protocol (see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’),               suggestions are consistent with the
                                                speeds below 11.8 kt, the chances of                    which we believe eliminates any                       conclusions of numerous other studies
                                                lethal injury drop below 50 percent,                    foreseeable risk of ship strike. We                   that have demonstrated that
                                                while the probability asymptotically                    anticipate that vessel collisions                     combinations of dissimilar stressors
                                                increases toward one hundred percent                    involving a seismic data acquisition                  commonly combine to kill an animal or
                                                above 15 kt.                                            vessel towing gear, while not                         dramatically reduce its fitness, even
                                                   The Atlantis would travel at a speed                 impossible, represent unlikely,                       though one exposure without the other
                                                of either 5 kt (9.3 km/hour) or 8 kt (14.8              unpredictable events for which there are              does not produce the same result
                                                km/hour) while towing seismic survey                    no preventive measures. Given the                     (Chroussos 2000; Creel 2005; DeVries et
                                                gear (LGL, 2018). At these speeds, both                 required mitigation measures, the                     al. 2003; Fair and Becker 2000; Foley et
                                                the possibility of striking a marine                    relatively slow speed of the vessel                   al. 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea 2005;
                                                mammal and the possibility of a strike                  towing gear, the presence of bridge crew              Romero 2004; Sih et al. 2004).
                                                resulting in serious injury or mortality                watching for obstacles at all times                      Use of military tactical sonar has been
                                                are discountable. At average transit                    (including marine mammals), the                       implicated in a majority of investigated
                                                speed, the probability of serious injury                presence of marine mammal observers,                  stranding events, although one
                                                or mortality resulting from a strike is                 and the short duration of the survey (25              stranding event was associated with the
                                                less than 50 percent. However, the                      days), we believe that the possibility of             use of seismic airguns. This event
                                                likelihood of a strike actually happening               ship strike is discountable and, further,             occurred in the Gulf of California,
                                                is again discountable. Ship strikes, as                 that were a strike of a large whale to                coincident with seismic reflection
                                                analyzed in the studies cited above,                    occur, it would be unlikely to result in              profiling by the R/V Maurice Ewing
                                                generally involve commercial shipping,                  serious injury or mortality. No                       operated by Lamont-Doherty Earth
                                                which is much more common in both                       incidental take resulting from ship                   Observatory (LDEO) of Columbia
                                                space and time than is geophysical                      strike is anticipated, and this potential             University and involved two Cuvier’s
                                                survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004)               effect of the specified activity will not             beaked whales (Hildebrand 2004). The
                                                summarized ship strikes of large whales                 be discussed further in the following                 vessel had been firing an array of 20
                                                worldwide from 1975–2003 and found                      analysis.                                             airguns with a total volume of 8,500 in3
                                                that most collisions occurred in the                                                                          (Hildebrand 2004; Taylor et al. 2004).
                                                                                                        Stranding
                                                open ocean and involved large vessels                                                                         Most known stranding events have
                                                (e.g., commercial shipping). Commercial                    When a living or dead marine                       involved beaked whales, though a small
                                                fishing vessels were responsible for                    mammal swims or floats onto shore and                 number have involved deep-diving
                                                three percent of recorded collisions,                   becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of                   delphinids or sperm whales (e.g.,
                                                while no such incidents were reported                   returning to sea, the event is a                      Mazzariol et al. 2010; Southall et al.
                                                for geophysical survey vessels during                   ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al. 1999; Perrin             2013). In general, long duration (∼1
                                                that time period.                                       and Geraci 2002; Geraci and Lounsbury                 second) and high-intensity sounds (≤235
                                                   It is possible for ship strikes to occur             2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition               dB SPL) have been implicated in
                                                while traveling at slow speeds. For                     for a stranding under the MMPA is (A)                 stranding events (Hildebrand 2004).
                                                example, a hydrographic survey vessel                   a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on                 With regard to beaked whales, mid-
                                                traveling at low speed (5.5 kt) while                   a beach or shore of the United States; or             frequency sound is typically implicated
                                                conducting mapping surveys off the                      (ii) in waters under the jurisdiction of              (when causation can be determined)
                                                central California coast struck and killed              the United States (including any                      (Hildebrand 2004). Although seismic
                                                a blue whale in 2009. The State of                      navigable waters); or (B) a marine                    airguns create predominantly low-
                                                California determined that the whale                    mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach                 frequency energy, the signal does
                                                had suddenly and unexpectedly                           or shore of the United States and is                  include a mid-frequency component.
                                                surfaced beneath the hull, with the                     unable to return to the water; (ii) on a              We have considered the potential for the
                                                result that the propeller severed the                   beach or shore of the United States and,              proposed survey to result in marine
                                                whale’s vertebrae, and that this was an                 although able to return to the water, is              mammal stranding and have concluded
                                                unavoidable event. This strike                          in need of apparent medical attention;                that, based on the best available
                                                represents the only such incident in                    or (iii) in the waters under the                      information, stranding is not expected
                                                approximately 540,000 hours of similar                  jurisdiction of the United States                     to occur.
                                                coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 × 10¥6;               (including any navigable waters), but is
                                                95% CI = 0–5.5 × 10¥6; NMFS, 2013b).                    unable to return to its natural habitat               Other Potential Impacts
                                                In addition, a research vessel reported a               under its own power or without                           Here, we briefly address the potential
                                                fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the                assistance.                                           risks due to entanglement and
                                                Atlantic, demonstrating that it is                         Marine mammals strand for a variety                contaminant spills. We are not aware of
                                                possible for strikes involving smaller                  of reasons, such as infectious agents,                any records of marine mammal
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                cetaceans to occur. In that case, the                   biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery                     entanglement in towed arrays such as
                                                incident report indicated that an animal                interaction, ship strike, unusual                     those considered here. The discharge of
                                                apparently was struck by the vessel’s                   oceanographic or weather events, sound                trash and debris is prohibited (33 CFR
                                                propeller as it was intentionally                       exposure, or combinations of these                    151.51–77) unless it is passed through a
                                                swimming near the vessel. While                         stressors sustained concurrently or in                machine that breaks up solids such that
                                                indicative of the type of unusual events                series. However, the cause or causes of               they can pass through a 25-mm mesh
                                                that cannot be ruled out, neither of these              most strandings are unknown (Geraci et                screen. All other trash and debris must


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18680                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                be returned to shore for proper disposal                especially strong and/or intermittent                 considered from the perspective of the
                                                with municipal and solid waste. Some                    low-frequency sounds. Short duration,                 animals experiencing it. Animals
                                                personal items may be accidentally lost                 sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle                produce sound for, or listen for sounds
                                                overboard. However, U.S. Coast Guard                    changes in fish behavior and local                    produced by, conspecifics
                                                and Environmental Protection Act                        distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)              (communication during feeding, mating,
                                                regulations require operators to become                 identified several studies that suggest               and other social activities), other
                                                proactive in avoiding accidental loss of                fish may relocate to avoid certain areas              animals (finding prey or avoiding
                                                solid waste items by developing waste                   of sound energy. Additional studies                   predators), and the physical
                                                management plans, posting                               have documented effects of pulsed                     environment (finding suitable habitats,
                                                informational placards, manifesting                     sound on fish, although several are                   navigating). Together, sounds made by
                                                trash sent to shore, and using special                  based on studies in support of                        animals and the geophysical
                                                precautions such as covering outside                    construction projects (e.g., Scholik and              environment (e.g., produced by
                                                trash bins to prevent accidental loss of                Yan 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings                   earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
                                                solid waste. There are no meaningful                    2009). Sound pulses at received levels                waves) make up the natural
                                                entanglement risks posed by the                         of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in                 contributions to the total acoustics of a
                                                described activity, and entanglement                    fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause               place. These acoustic conditions,
                                                risks are not discussed further in this                 noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson               termed acoustic habitat, are one
                                                document.                                               et al. 1992; Skalski et al. 1992). SPLs of            attribute of an animal’s total habitat.
                                                   Marine mammals could be affected by                  sufficient strength have been known to                   Soundscapes are also defined by, and
                                                accidentally spilled diesel fuel from a                 cause injury to fish and fish mortality.              acoustic habitat influenced by, the total
                                                vessel associated with proposed survey                  The most likely impact to fish from                   contribution of anthropogenic sound.
                                                activities. Quantities of diesel fuel on                survey activities at the project area                 This may include incidental emissions
                                                the sea surface may affect marine                       would be temporary avoidance of the                   from sources such as vessel traffic, or
                                                mammals through various pathways:                       area. The duration of fish avoidance of               may be intentionally introduced to the
                                                Surface contact of the fuel with skin and               a given area after survey effort stops is             marine environment for data acquisition
                                                other mucous membranes, inhalation of                   unknown, but a rapid return to normal                 purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays).
                                                concentrated petroleum vapors, or                       recruitment, distribution and behavior                Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its
                                                ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or              is anticipated.                                       frequency content, duration, and
                                                by the ingestion of oiled prey) (e.g.,                     Information on seismic airgun                      loudness and these characteristics
                                                Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990).                impacts to zooplankton, which                         greatly influence the potential habitat-
                                                However, the likelihood of a fuel spill                 represent an important prey type for                  mediated effects to marine mammals
                                                during any particular geophysical                       mysticetes, is limited. However,                      (please see also the previous discussion
                                                survey is considered to be remote, and                  McCauley et al. (2017) reported that                  on masking under ‘‘Acoustic Effects’’),
                                                the potential for impacts to marine                     experimental exposure to a pulse from                 which may range from local effects for
                                                mammals would depend greatly on the                     a 150 in3 airgun decreased zooplankton                brief periods of time to chronic effects
                                                size and location of a spill and                        abundance when compared with                          over large areas and for long durations.
                                                meteorological conditions at the time of                controls, as measured by sonar and net                Depending on the extent of effects to
                                                the spill. Spilled fuel would rapidly                   tows, and caused a two- to threefold                  habitat, animals may alter their
                                                spread to a layer of varying thickness                  increase in dead adult and larval                     communications signals (thereby
                                                and break up into narrow bands or                       zooplankton. Although no adult krill                  potentially expending additional
                                                windrows parallel to the wind direction.                were present, the study found that all                energy) or miss acoustic cues (either
                                                The rate at which the fuel spreads                      larval krill were killed after air gun                conspecific or adventitious). For more
                                                would be determined by the prevailing                   passage. Impacts were observed out to                 detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber
                                                conditions such as temperature, water                   the maximum 1.2 km range sampled.                     et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al. 2011;
                                                currents, tidal streams, and wind                          In general, impacts to marine mammal               Francis and Barber 2013; Lillis et al.
                                                speeds. Lighter, volatile components of                 prey are expected to be limited due to                2014.
                                                the fuel would evaporate to the                         the relatively small temporal and spatial                Problems arising from a failure to
                                                atmosphere almost completely in a few                   overlap between the proposed survey                   detect cues are more likely to occur
                                                days. Evaporation rate may increase as                  and any areas used by marine mammal                   when noise stimuli are chronic and
                                                the fuel spreads because of the                         prey species. The proposed survey                     overlap with biologically relevant cues
                                                increased surface area of the slick.                    would occur over a relatively short time              used for communication, orientation,
                                                Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and                     period (25 days) and would occur over                 and predator/prey detection (Francis
                                                high temperatures also tend to increase                 a very small area relative to the area                and Barber 2013). Although the signals
                                                the rate of evaporation and the                         available as marine mammal habitat in                 emitted by seismic airgun arrays are
                                                proportion of fuel lost by this process                 the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. We do                   generally low frequency, they would
                                                (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not                        not have any information to suggest the               also likely be of short duration and
                                                anticipate potentially meaningful effects               proposed survey area represents a                     transient in any given area due to the
                                                to marine mammals as a result of any                    significant feeding area for any marine               nature of these surveys. As described
                                                contaminant spill resulting from the                    mammal, and we believe any impacts to                 previously, exploratory surveys such as
                                                proposed survey activities, and                         marine mammals due to adverse effects                 these cover a large area but would be
                                                contaminant spills are not discussed                    to their prey would be insignificant due              transient rather than focused in a given
                                                                                                        to the limited spatial and temporal                   location over time and therefore would
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                further in this document.
                                                                                                        impact of the proposed survey.                        not be considered chronic in any given
                                                Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                    However, adverse impacts may occur to                 location.
                                                Habitat                                                 a few species of fish and to zooplankton.                In summary, activities associated with
                                                  Effects to Prey—Marine mammal prey                       Acoustic Habitat—Acoustic habitat is               the proposed action are not likely to
                                                varies by species, season, and location                 the soundscape—which encompasses                      have a permanent, adverse effect on any
                                                and, for some, is not well documented.                  all of the sound present in a particular              fish habitat or populations of fish
                                                Fish react to sounds which are                          location and time, as a whole—when                    species or on the quality of acoustic


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                                                      18681

                                                habitat. Thus, any impacts to marine                        be authorized for this activity. Below we                           measurable for most activities, NMFS
                                                mammal habitat are not expected to                          describe how the take is estimated.                                 uses a generalized acoustic threshold
                                                cause significant or long-term                                Described in the most basic way, we                               based on received level to estimate the
                                                consequences for individual marine                          estimate take by considering: (1)                                   onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
                                                mammals or their populations.                               Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                                predicts that marine mammals are likely
                                                                                                            believes the best available science                                 to be behaviorally harassed in a manner
                                                Estimated Take                                              indicates marine mammals will be                                    we consider to fall under Level B
                                                   This section provides an estimate of                     behaviorally harassed or incur some                                 harassment when exposed to
                                                the number of incidental takes proposed                     degree of permanent hearing                                         underwater anthropogenic noise above
                                                for authorization through this IHA,                         impairment; (2) the area or volume of                               received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                                which will inform both NMFS’                                water that will be ensonified above                                 for continuous (e.g. vibratory pile-
                                                consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and                      these levels in a day; (3) the density or                           driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1
                                                the negligible impact determination.                        occurrence of marine mammals within
                                                   Harassment is the only type of take                                                                                          mPa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive
                                                                                                            these ensonified areas; and (4) and the
                                                expected to result from these activities.                                                                                       (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
                                                                                                            number of days of activities. Below, we
                                                Except with respect to certain activities                                                                                       (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. SIO’s
                                                                                                            describe these components in more
                                                not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the                                                                                        proposed activity includes the use of
                                                                                                            detail and present the exposure estimate
                                                MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act                      and associated numbers of take                                      impulsive seismic sources. Therefore,
                                                of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which                     proposed for authorization.                                         the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) criteria is
                                                (i) has the potential to injure a marine                                                                                        applicable for analysis of level B
                                                mammal or marine mammal stock in the                        Acoustic Thresholds                                                 harassment.
                                                wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                        Using the best available science,                                    Level A harassment for non-explosive
                                                the potential to disturb a marine                           NMFS has developed acoustic                                         sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
                                                mammal or marine mammal stock in the                        thresholds that identify the received                               for Assessing the Effects of
                                                wild by causing disruption of behavioral                    level of underwater sound above which                               Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
                                                patterns, including, but not limited to,                    exposed marine mammals would be                                     Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016)
                                                migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                    reasonably expected to be behaviorally                              identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
                                                feeding, or sheltering (Level B                             harassed (equated to Level B                                        injury (Level A harassment) to five
                                                harassment).                                                harassment) or to incur PTS of some                                 different marine mammal groups (based
                                                   Authorized takes would primarily be                      degree (equated to Level A harassment).                             on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
                                                by Level B harassment, as use of the                          Level B Harassment for non-explosive
                                                                                                                                                                                exposure to noise from two different
                                                seismic airguns have the potential to                       sources—Though significantly driven by
                                                                                                                                                                                types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                                result in disruption of behavioral                          received level, the onset of behavioral
                                                                                                                                                                                impulsive). As described above, SIO’s
                                                patterns for individual marine                              disturbance from anthropogenic noise
                                                                                                                                                                                proposed activity includes the use of
                                                mammals. There is also some potential                       exposure is also informed to varying
                                                                                                                                                                                intermittent and impulsive seismic
                                                for auditory injury (Level A harassment)                    degrees by other factors related to the
                                                to result, primarily for high frequency                     source (e.g., frequency, predictability,                            sources. These thresholds are provided
                                                cetaceans. Auditory injury is unlikely to                   duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,                                 in Table 4.
                                                occur for low- and mid-frequency                            bathymetry), and the receiving animals                                 These thresholds are provided in the
                                                cetaceans given very small modeled                          (hearing, motivation, experience,                                   table below. The references, analysis,
                                                zones of injury for those species. The                      demography, behavioral context) and                                 and methodology used in the
                                                proposed mitigation and monitoring                          can be difficult to predict (Southall et                            development of the thresholds are
                                                measures are expected to minimize the                       al., 2007, Ellison et al. 2011). Based on                           described in NMFS 2016 Technical
                                                severity of such taking to the extent                       the best available science and the                                  Guidance, which may be accessed at:
                                                practicable. As described previously, no                    practical need to use a threshold based                             http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/
                                                mortality is anticipated or proposed to                     on a factor that is both predictable and                            guidelines.htm.

                                                           TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                       PTS Onset thresholds
                                                                           Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                               Impulsive *                                           Non-impulsive

                                                Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ............................................   Lpk,flat:   219   dB;   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB ........................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                                Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ...........................................    Lpk,flat:   230   dB;   LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................................   LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                                High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ..........................................    Lpk,flat:   202   dB;   LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................................   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                                Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) ...................................      Lpk,flat:   218   dB;   LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................................    LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                                Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) ...................................     Lpk,flat:   232   dB;   LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................................    LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                   Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
                                                impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
                                                should also be considered.
                                                   Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                                In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                                included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                                with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                                cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                                thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                                action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001    PO 00000    Frm 00019     Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM          27APN2


                                                18682                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                Ensonified Area                                       For modeling of radial distances to                     representation of the source level. To
                                                   Here, we describe operational and               predicted isopleths corresponding to                       compute the farfield signature, the
                                                environmental parameters of the activity           harassment thresholds in deep water (≤                     source level is estimated at a large
                                                that will feed into estimating the area            1,000 m), LDEO used the deep-water                         distance below the array (e.g., 9 km),
                                                ensonified above the acoustic                      radii for various Sound Exposure Levels                    and this level is back projected
                                                thresholds.                                        obtained from LDEO model results                           mathematically to a notional distance of
                                                   The proposed survey would entail the            down to a maximum water depth of                           1 m from the array’s geometrical center.
                                                use of a 2-airgun array with a total               2,000 m (see Figures 2 and 3 in the IHA                    However, when the source is an array of
                                                discharge of 90 in3 at a tow depth of 2–           application). LDEO’s modeling                              multiple airguns separated in space, the
                                                4 m. The distances to the predicted                methodology is described in greater
                                                                                                                                                              source level from the theoretical farfield
                                                isopleths corresponding to the threshold           detail in the IHA application (LGL,
                                                                                                                                                              signature is not necessarily the best
                                                for Level B harassment (160 dB re 1 mPa)           20178) and we refer to the reader to that
                                                                                                   document rather than repeating it here.                    measurement of the source level that is
                                                were calculated for both proposed array                                                                       physically achieved at the source
                                                configurations based on results of                    Predicted distances to Level A
                                                                                                   harassment isopleths, which vary based                     (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at
                                                modeling performed by LDEO. Received                                                                          short ranges, distances <1 km), the
                                                sound levels were predicted by LDEO’s              on marine mammal functional hearing
                                                                                                   groups (Table 3), were calculated based                    pulses of sound pressure from each
                                                model (Diebold et al. 2010) as a function
                                                of distance from the airgun array. The             on modeling performed by LDEO using                        individual airgun in the source array do
                                                LDEO modeling approach uses ray                    the Nucleus software program and the                       not stack constructively, as they do for
                                                tracing for the direct wave traveling              NMFS User Spreadsheet, described                           the theoretical farfield signature. The
                                                from the array to the receiver and its             below. The updated acoustic thresholds                     pulses from the different airguns spread
                                                associated source ghost (reflection at the         for impulsive sounds (such as airguns)                     out in time such that the source levels
                                                air-water interface in the vicinity of the         contained in the Technical Guidance                        observed or modeled are the result of
                                                array), in a constant-velocity half-space          (NMFS, 2016) were presented as dual                        the summation of pulses from a few
                                                (infinite homogeneous ocean layer                  metric acoustic thresholds using both                      airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.
                                                unbounded by a seafloor). In addition,             SELcum and peak sound pressure level                       2009). At larger distances, away from
                                                propagation measurements of pulses                 metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS                             the source array center, sound pressure
                                                from a 36-airgun array at a tow depth of           considers onset of PTS (Level A                            of all the airguns in the array stack
                                                6 m have been reported in deep water               harassment) to have occurred when                          coherently, but not within one time
                                                (∼1,600 m), intermediate water depth on            either one of the two metrics is
                                                                                                                                                              sample, resulting in smaller source
                                                the slope (∼600–1100 m), and shallow               exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
                                                                                                   largest isopleth). The SELcum metric                       levels (a few dB) than the source level
                                                water (∼50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico in                                                                        derived from the farfield signature.
                                                2007–2008 (Tolstoy et al. 2009; Diebold            considers both level and duration of
                                                                                                   exposure, as well as auditory weighting                    Because the farfield signature does not
                                                et al. 2010). The estimated distances to                                                                      take into account the array effect near
                                                Level B harassment isopleths for the two           functions by marine mammal hearing
                                                                                                   group. In recognition of the fact that the                 the source and is calculated as a point
                                                proposed configurations of the Atlantis                                                                       source, the modified farfield signature is
                                                airgun array are shown in Table 5.                 requirement to calculate Level A
                                                                                                   harassment ensonified areas could be                       a more appropriate measure of the
                                                                                                   more technically challenging to predict                    sound source level for distributed sound
                                                  TABLE 5—PREDICTED RADIAL DIS-
                                                                                                 3 due to the duration component and the                      sources, such as airgun arrays. Though
                                                  TANCES FROM R/V ATLANTIS 90 in
                                                                                                   use of weighting functions in the new                      the array effect is not expected to be as
                                                  SEISMIC SOURCE TO ISOPLETH COR- SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an                                        pronounced in the case of a 2-airgun
                                                  RESPONDING TO LEVEL B HARASS- optional User Spreadsheet that includes                                       array as it would be with a larger airgun
                                                  MENT THRESHOLD                                   tools to help predict a simple isopleth                    array, the modified farfield method is
                                                                                                   that can be used in conjunction with                       considered more appropriate than use of
                                                                                        Predicted  marine mammal density or occurrence
                                                                                       distance to                                                            the theoretical farfield signature.
                                                                                        threshold  to facilitate the estimation of take
                                                       Array configuration             (160 dB re numbers.
                                                                                         1 μPa)       The values for SELcum and peak SPL
                                                                                           (m)     for the Atlantis airgun array were
                                                                                                   derived from calculating the modified
                                                2 m airgun separation ................         578
                                                8 m airgun separation ................         539
                                                                                                   farfield signature (Table 6). The farfield
                                                                                                   signature is often used as a theoretical

                                                                        TABLE 6—MODELED SOURCE LEVELS (dB) FOR R/V ATLANTIS 90 in3 AIRGUN ARRAY
                                                                                                                                           8-kt survey        8-kt survey       5-kt survey    5-kt survey
                                                                                                                                            with 8-m           with 8-m          with 2-m       with 2-m
                                                                            Functional hearing group                                         airgun             airgun            airgun         airgun
                                                                                                                                           separation:        separation:       separation:    separation:
                                                                                                                                           Peak SPLflat         SELcum          Peak SPLflat     SELcum

                                                Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ........................              228.8               207            232.8          206.7
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB) ........................               N/A               206.7           229.8          206.9
                                                High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) ......................                233               207.6           232.9          207.2
                                                Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) ..............                   230               206.7           232.8          206.9
                                                Otariid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,HF,24h: 203 dB) ...............                 N/A                 203           225.6          207.4




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                             18683

                                                   In order to more realistically                       hearing group that could be directly                  the 8 m airgun separation) (LGL, 2018),
                                                incorporate the Technical Guidance’s                    incorporated within the User                          potential radial distances to auditory
                                                weighting functions over the seismic                    Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the                    injury zones were calculated for SELcum
                                                array’s full acoustic band, unweighted                  Spreadsheet’s more simple weighting                   thresholds, for both array
                                                spectrum data for the Atlantis’s airgun                 factor adjustment). Using the User                    configurations. Inputs to the User
                                                array (modeled in 1 Hz bands) was used                  Spreadsheet’s ‘‘safe distance’’                       Spreadsheet are shown in Table 6.
                                                to make adjustments (dB) to the                         methodology for mobile sources                        Outputs from the User Spreadsheet in
                                                unweighted spectrum levels, by                          (described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the            the form of estimated distances to Level
                                                frequency, according to the weighting                   hearing group-specific weighted source                A harassment isopleths are shown in
                                                functions for each relevant marine                      levels, and inputs assuming spherical                 Table 7. As described above, the larger
                                                mammal hearing group. These adjusted/                   spreading propagation, a source velocity
                                                                                                                                                              distance of the dual criteria (SELcum or
                                                weighted spectrum levels were then                      of 2.06 m/second (for the 2 m airgun
                                                                                                                                                              Peak SPLflat) is used for estimating takes
                                                converted to pressures (mPa) in order to                separation) and 5.14 m/second (for the
                                                integrate them over the entire                          8 m airgun separation), and a shot                    by Level A harassment. The weighting
                                                broadband spectrum, resulting in                        interval of 12.15 seconds (for the 2 m                functions used are shown in Table 3 of
                                                broadband weighted source levels by                     airgun separation) and 9.72 seconds (for              the IHA application.

                                                 TABLE 7—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES (m) FROM R/V ATLANTIS 90 in3 AIRGUN ARRAY TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING
                                                                                  TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS

                                                                                                                                           8-kt survey        8-kt survey       5-kt survey    5-kt survey
                                                                                                                                            with 8-m           with 8-m          with 2-m       with 2-m
                                                                           Functional hearing group                                          airgun             airgun            airgun         airgun
                                                                        (Level A harassment thresholds)                                    separation:        separation:       separation:    separation:
                                                                                                                                           Peak SPLflat         SELcum          Peak SPLflat     SELcum

                                                Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ........................               3.08               2.4             4.89            6.5
                                                Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB) ........................                  0                 0             0.98              0
                                                High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) ......................               34.84                 0            34.62              0
                                                Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) ..............                   4.02                 0             5.51            0.1
                                                Otariid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,HF,24h: 203 dB) ...............                    0                 0             0.48              0



                                                   Note that because of some of the                     transect survey data and habitat-based                related to the estimated density data and
                                                assumptions included in the methods                     covariates and extrapolated model                     the assumptions used in their
                                                used, isopleths produced may be                         predictions to unsurveyed regions,                    calculations, as with all density data
                                                overestimates to some degree, which                     including the proposed survey area. The               estimates. However, the approach used
                                                will ultimately result in some degree of                authors considered line transect surveys              is based on the best available data.
                                                overestimate of Level A take. However,                  that used two or more protected species
                                                                                                                                                              Take Calculation and Estimation
                                                these tools offer the best way to predict               observers and met the assumptions of
                                                appropriate isopleths when more                         the distance sampling methodology as                    Here we describe how the information
                                                sophisticated 3D modeling methods are                   presented by Buckland et al. (2001), and              provided above is brought together to
                                                not available, and NMFS continues to                    included data from shipboard and aerial               produce a quantitative take estimate. In
                                                develop ways to quantitatively refine                   surveys conducted from 1992 to 2014 by                order to estimate the number of marine
                                                these tools and will qualitatively                      multiple U.S. organizations (details                  mammals predicted to be exposed to
                                                address the output where appropriate.                   provided in Roberts et al. (2016)). The               sound levels that would result in Level
                                                For mobile sources, such as the                         data underlying the model predictions                 B harassment or Level A harassment,
                                                proposed seismic survey, the User                       for the proposed survey area originated               radial distances to predicted isopleths
                                                Spreadsheet predicts the closest                        from shipboard survey data presented in               corresponding to the Level A
                                                distance at which a stationary animal                   Waring et al. (2008). To increase the                 harassment and Level B harassment
                                                would not incur PTS if the sound source                 success of model transferability to new               thresholds are calculated, as described
                                                traveled by the animal in a straight line               regions, the authors considered                       above (Table 8). Those distances are
                                                at a constant speed.                                    biological covariates expected to be                  then used to calculate the area(s) around
                                                                                                        related directly to cetacean densities                the airgun array predicted to be
                                                Marine Mammal Occurrence                                                                                      ensonified to sound levels that exceed
                                                                                                        (Wenger & Olden, 2012), namely
                                                  In this section we provide the                        biomass and production of epipelagic                  the Level A and Level B harassment
                                                information about the presence, density,                micronekton and zooplankton predicted                 thresholds. The areas estimated to be
                                                or group dynamics of marine mammals                     with the Spatial Ecosystem and                        ensonified in a single day of the survey
                                                that will inform the take calculations.                 Population DYnamics Model                             are then calculated, based on the areas
                                                The best available scientific information               (SEAPODYM) (Lehodey et al. 2010).                     predicted to be ensonified around the
                                                was considered in conducting marine                     Zooplankton and epipelagic                            array and the estimated trackline
                                                mammal exposure estimates (the basis                    micronekton (i.e., squid, crustaceans,                distance traveled per day (Table 9). This
                                                for estimating take). For all cetacean                  and fish) constitute potential prey for               number is then multiplied by the
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                species, densities calculated by                        many of the cetaceans considered, in                  number of survey days (i.e., 7.5 days for
                                                Mannocci et al. (2017) were used. These                 particular dolphins and mysticetes                    the 5-kt survey with 2-m airgun
                                                represent the most comprehensive and                    (Pauly et al. 1998), and all these                    separation and 17.5 days for the 8-kt
                                                recent density data available for                       covariates correlate with cetacean                    survey with 8-m airgun separation). The
                                                cetacean species in the survey area.                    distributions (e.g., Ferguson et al. 2006;            product is then multiplied by 1.25 to
                                                Mannocci et al. (2017) modeled marine                   Doniol-Valcroze et al. 2007; Lambert et               account for an additional 25 percent
                                                mammal densities using available line                   al. 2014). There is some uncertainty                  contingency for potential additional


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18684                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                seismic operations, as described above.                     from total areas estimated to be                         survey are shown in Table 10. The
                                                This results in an estimate of the total                    ensonified to Level B harassment                         marine mammals predicted to occur
                                                areas (km2) expected to be ensonified to                    thresholds in order to avoid double                      within these respective areas, based on
                                                the Level A harassment and Level B                          counting the animals taken (i.e., if an                  estimated densities, are assumed to be
                                                harassment thresholds. For purposes of                      animal is taken by Level A harassment,                   incidentally taken. Estimated takes for
                                                Level B take calculations, areas                            it is not also counted as taken by Level                 all marine mammal species are shown
                                                estimated to be ensonified to Level A                       B harassment). Areas estimated to be                     in Table 11.
                                                harassment thresholds are subtracted                        ensonified over the duration of the

                                                       TABLE 8—DISTANCES (m) TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                          Level B                                         Level A harassment threshold 1
                                                                                                        harassment
                                                                                                         threshold
                                                                      Survey                                                                                            High
                                                                                                                               Low frequency       Mid frequency                          Otariid           Phocid
                                                                                                                                                                     frequency
                                                                                                         All marine              cetaceans          cetaceans                           pinnipeds          pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                     cetaceans
                                                                                                         mammals

                                                5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation ...                          539                  6.5                0.98               34.62            5.51              0.48
                                                8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation ...                          578                 3.08                   0               34.84            4.02                 0
                                                  1 Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SEL
                                                                                                                                                                                          cum and
                                                peak PL).

                                                  TABLE 9—AREAS (km2) ESTIMATED TO BE ENSONIFIED TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS PER DAY
                                                                                                          Level B                                         Level A harassment threshold 1
                                                                                                        harassment
                                                                                                         threshold
                                                                      Survey                                                                                            High
                                                                                                                               Low frequency       Mid frequency                          Otariid           Phocid
                                                                                                                                                                     frequency
                                                                                                         All marine              cetaceans          cetaceans                           pinnipeds          pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                     cetaceans
                                                                                                         mammals

                                                5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation ...                        240.68                2.90                0.44               15.40            2.45              0.21
                                                8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation ...                        412.10                2.19                   0               24.78            2.86                 0
                                                  1 Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SEL
                                                                                                                                                                                          cum and
                                                peak PL).
                                                  Note: Estimated areas shown for single day do not include additional 25 percent contingency.

                                                   TABLE 10—AREAS (km2) ESTIMATED TO BE ENSONIFIED TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS OVER
                                                                                          DURATION OF SURVEY
                                                                                                          Level B                                         Level A harassment threshold 1
                                                                                                        harassment
                                                                                                         threshold
                                                                      Survey                                                                                            High
                                                                                                                               Low frequency       Mid frequency                          Otariid           Phocid
                                                                                                                                                                     frequency
                                                                                                         All marine              cetaceans          cetaceans                           pinnipeds          pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                     cetaceans
                                                                                                         mammals

                                                5-kt survey with 2-m airgun separation ...                    2256.33                  27.10                4.09              144.40          22.97                  2.0
                                                8-kt survey with 8-m airgun separation ...                    9014.56                  47.84                   0              542.09          62.50                    0
                                                  1 Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SEL
                                                                                                                                                                                          cum and
                                                peak PL).
                                                  Note: Estimated areas shown include additional 25 percent contingency.

                                                         TABLE 11—NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Total
                                                                                                                                                                                                            proposed
                                                                                                                                                                                            Total         instances of
                                                                                        Density           Estimated               Proposed           Estimated         Proposed           proposed
                                                           Species                                                                                                                                         takes as a
                                                                                     (#/1,000 km2)       Level A takes          Level A takes       Level B takes    Level B takes       Level A and       percentage
                                                                                                                                                                                        Level B takes        of SAR
                                                                                                                                                                                                          abundance 1

                                                Humpback whale 2 ..........                      10                        1                   0              112                 113               113   0.9 *.
                                                Minke whale ...................                    4                       0                   0               45                  45                45   0.2 *.
                                                Bryde’s whale .................                  0.1                       0                   0                1                   1                 1   unknown.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                Sei whale 2 ......................                10                       1                   0              112                 113               113   31.4.
                                                Fin whale ........................                 8                       1                   0               89                  90                90   2.6 *.
                                                Blue whale ......................                  0                       0                   0                0                   1                 1   0.2.
                                                Sperm whale ..................                    40                       0                   0              451                 451               451   19.7.
                                                Cuvier’s beaked whale 3                          60                        0                   0              135                 135               135   2.0.
                                                Northern bottlenose                              0.8                       0                   0                9                   9                 9   unknown.
                                                  whale 4.
                                                True’s beaked whale 3 ....                       60                        0                   0              135                 135               135   1.9.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001    PO 00000    Frm 00022     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM    27APN2


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                                  18685

                                                       TABLE 11—NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION—
                                                                                                 Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                                                                                                                      proposed
                                                                                                                                                                                        Total       instances of
                                                                                        Density           Estimated             Proposed         Estimated          Proposed          proposed
                                                           Species                                                                                                                                   takes as a
                                                                                     (#/1,000 km2)       Level A takes        Level A takes     Level B takes     Level B takes      Level A and     percentage
                                                                                                                                                                                    Level B takes      of SAR
                                                                                                                                                                                                    abundance 1

                                                Gervais beaked whale 3                           60                    0                   0               135               135              135   1.9.
                                                Sowerby’s beaked                                 60                    0                   0               135               135              135   1.9.
                                                   whale 3.
                                                Blainville’s beaked                              60                    0                   0               135               135              135   1.9.
                                                   whale 3.
                                                Rough-toothed dolphin ...                         3                    0                   0                34                34               34   12.5.
                                                Bottlenose dolphin ..........                    60                    0                   0               677               677              677   0.9.
                                                Pantropical spotted dol-                         10                    0                   0               113               113              113   3.4.
                                                   phin.
                                                Atlantic spotted dolphin ..                      40                    0                   0               451               451              451   1.0.
                                                Striped dolphin ...............                  80                    0                   0               902               902              902   1.6.
                                                Atlantic white-sided dol-                        60                    0                   0               677               677              677   1.4.
                                                   phin.
                                                White-beaked dolphin .....                        1                    0                   0                11                11              11    0.6.
                                                Common dolphin ............                     800                    3                   0              9014              9017            9017    5.2 *.
                                                Risso’s dolphin ...............                  20                    0                   0               226               226             226    1.2.
                                                Pygmy killer whale 4 5 .....                    1.5                    0                   0                17                17              17    unknown.
                                                False killer whale ............                   2                    0                   0                23                23              23    5.2.
                                                Killer whale 4 thnsp;6 ....                     0.2                    0                   0                 2                 5               5    unknown.
                                                Long-finned/short-finned                        200                    1                   0              2253              2254            2254    8.3.
                                                   Pilot whale 7.
                                                Pygmy/dwarf sperm                                0.6                   0                   0                  7                7                7   0.2.
                                                   whale.
                                                Harbor porpoise ..............                   60                   41                  41               635               635              676   0.8.
                                                Ringed seal 4 ..................                  0                    0                   0                 0                 1                1   unknown.
                                                Hooded seal ...................                   0                    0                   0                 0                 1                1   <0.1.
                                                Harp seal ........................                0                    0                   0                 0                 1                1   <0.1.
                                                  1 While we have in most cases provided comparisons of the proposed instances of takes as a percentage of SAR abundance as the best
                                                available information regarding population abundance, we note that these are likely underestimates of the relevant North Atlantic populations, as
                                                the proposed survey area is outside the U.S. EEZ. Asterisks denote that instances of takes are shown as a percentage of abundance as de-
                                                scribed by TNASS or NMFS Status Review, as described above.
                                                  2 We have determined Level A take of these species is not likely, therefore estimated Level A takes have been added to the number of Level
                                                B takes proposed for authorization.
                                                  3 Density value represents the value for all beaked whales combined. Requested take and take proposed for authorization based on proportion
                                                of all beaked whales expected to be taken (677 total estimated beaked whale takes divided by 5 species of beaked whales).
                                                  4 The population abundance for the species is unknown.
                                                  5 The density estimate for pygmy killer whales shown in Table 8 in the IHA application is incorrect; the correct density is 1.5 animals/km2 as
                                                shown here.
                                                  6 Proposed take number for killer whales has been increased from the calculated take to mean group size for the species. Source for mean
                                                group size is Waring et al. (2008).
                                                  7 Values for density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for short-finned and long-finned pilot
                                                whales combined.


                                                   For some marine mammal species, we                       frequency cetaceans (Table 7) we have                 ‘‘guild’’), a total of 2,254 takes of pilot
                                                propose to authorize a different number                     determined the likelihood of Level A                  whales were calculated as potentially
                                                of incidental takes than the number of                      take occurring for species from these                 taken by the proposed survey. Thus
                                                incidental takes requested by SIO (see                      functional hearing groups is so low as                SIO’s request take number is actually
                                                Table 8 in the IHA application for                          to be discountable, therefore we do not               double the number of take that was
                                                requested take numbers). For instance,                      propose to authorize Level A take of                  calculated. We do not think doubling
                                                SIO requested 1 take of a North Atlantic                    these species. Note that the Level A                  the take estimate is warranted, thus we
                                                right whale and 3 takes of bowhead                          takes that were calculated for these                  propose to authorize a total of 2,254
                                                whales; however, we have determined                         species (humpback whales, sei whales,                 takes of pilot whales (short-finned and
                                                the likelihood of the survey                                fin whales, common dolphins, and pilot                long-finned pilot whales combined).
                                                                                                                                                                     Species With Take Estimates Less
                                                encountering these species is so low as                     whales) have been included in the                     Than Mean Group Size: Using the
                                                to be discountable, therefore we do not                     proposed number of Level B takes.                     approach described above to estimate
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                propose to authorize takes of these                         Finally, SIO requested 2,254 takes of                 take, the take estimate for killer whales
                                                species. Also, SIO requested Level A                        short-finned pilot whales and 2,254                   was less than the average group size
                                                takes of humpback whales, sei whales,                       takes of long-finned pilot whales (total              estimated for the species (Waring et al.,
                                                fin whales, common dolphins, and pilot                      4,508 pilot whale takes requested);                   2008). Information on the social
                                                whales; however, due to very small                          however, as Mannocci et al. (2017)                    structure and life history of the species
                                                zones corresponding to Level A                              presents one single density estimate for              indicates it is common for the species to
                                                harassment for low-frequency and mid-                       all pilot whales (the pilot whale                     be encountered in groups. The results of


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001    PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18686                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                take calculations support the likelihood                regulations require applicants for                    following mitigation measure:
                                                that SIO’s survey may encounter and                     incidental take authorizations to include             Establishment of a marine mammal
                                                incidentally take the species, and we                   information about the availability and                buffer zone.
                                                believe it is likely that the species may               feasibility (economic and technological)                 PSO observations would take place
                                                be encountered in groups; therefore it is               of equipment, methods, and manner of                  during all daytime airgun operations
                                                reasonable to conservatively assume                     conducting such activity or other means               and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of
                                                that one group of the species will be                   of effecting the least practicable adverse            the airguns. If airguns are operating
                                                taken during the proposed survey. We                    impact upon the affected species or                   throughout the night, observations
                                                therefore propose to authorize the take                 stocks and their habitat (50 CFR                      would begin 30 minutes prior to
                                                of the average (mean) group size for the                216.104(a)(11)).                                      sunrise. If airguns are operating after
                                                species to account for the possibility                     In evaluating how mitigation may or                sunset, observations would continue
                                                that SIO’s survey encounters a group of                 may not be appropriate to ensure the                  until 30 minutes following sunset.
                                                killer whales.                                          least practicable adverse impact on                   Following a shutdown for any reason,
                                                   Species With No Available Density                    species or stocks and their habitat, as               observations would occur for at least 30
                                                Data: No density data were available for                well as subsistence uses where                        minutes prior to the planned start of
                                                the blue whale; however, blue whales                    applicable, we carefully consider two                 airgun operations. Observations would
                                                have been observed in the survey area                   primary factors:                                      also occur for 30 minutes after airgun
                                                (Waring et al., 2008), thus we                             (1) The manner in which, and the                   operations cease for any reason.
                                                determined there is a possibility that the              degree to which, the successful                       Observations would also be made
                                                proposed survey may encounter one                       implementation of the measure(s) is                   during daytime periods when the
                                                blue whale and that one blue whale may                  expected to reduce impacts to marine                  Atlantis is underway without seismic
                                                be taken by Level B harassment by the                   mammals, marine mammal species or                     operations, such as during transits, to
                                                proposed survey; we therefore propose                   stocks, and their habitat. This considers             allow for comparison of sighting rates
                                                to authorize one take of blue whale as                  the nature of the potential adverse                   and behavior with and without airgun
                                                requested by SIO. No density data were                  impact being mitigated (likelihood,                   operations and between acquisition
                                                available for ringed seal, hooded seal or               scope, range). It further considers the               periods. Airgun operations would be
                                                harp seal; however based on the ranges                  likelihood that the measure will be                   suspended when marine mammals are
                                                of these species we have determined it                  effective if implemented (probability of              observed within, or about to enter, the
                                                is possible they may be encountered and                 accomplishing the mitigating result if                designated EZ (as described below).
                                                taken by Level B harassment by the                      implemented as planned) the likelihood                   During seismic operations, three
                                                proposed survey, therefore we propose                   of effective implementation (probability              visual PSOs would be based aboard the
                                                to authorize one take of each species as                implemented as planned), and                          Atlantis. PSOs would be appointed by
                                                requested by SIO.                                          (2) The practicability of the measures             SIO with NMFS approval. During the
                                                   It should be noted that the proposed                 for applicant implementation, which                   majority of seismic operations, two
                                                take numbers shown in Table 11 are                      may consider such things as cost,                     PSOs would monitor for marine
                                                believed to be conservative for several                 impact on operations, and, in the case                mammals around the seismic vessel. A
                                                reasons. First, in the calculations of                  of a military readiness activity,                     minimum of one PSO must be on duty
                                                estimated take, 25 percent has been                     personnel safety, practicality of                     at all times when the array is active.
                                                added in the form of operational survey                 implementation, and impact on the                     PSO(s) would be on duty in shifts of
                                                days (equivalent to adding 25 percent to                effectiveness of the military readiness               duration no longer than 4 hours. Other
                                                the proposed line km to be surveyed) to                 activity.                                             crew would also be instructed to assist
                                                account for the possibility of additional                  SIO has reviewed mitigation measures               in detecting marine mammals and in
                                                seismic operations associated with                      employed during seismic research                      implementing mitigation requirements
                                                airgun testing, and repeat coverage of                  surveys authorized by NMFS under                      (if practical). Before the start of the
                                                any areas where initial data quality is                 previous incidental harassment                        seismic survey, the crew would be given
                                                sub-standard. Additionally, marine                      authorizations, as well as recommended                additional instruction in detecting
                                                mammals would be expected to move                       best practices in Richardson et al.                   marine mammals and implementing
                                                away from a sound source that                           (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and               mitigation requirements.
                                                represents an aversive stimulus.                        Dolman (2007), Nowacek et al. (2013),                    The Atlantis is a suitable platform
                                                However, the extent to which marine                     Wright (2014), and Wright and                         from which PSOs would watch for
                                                mammals would move away from the                        Cosentino (2015), and has incorporated                marine mammals. Standard equipment
                                                sound source is difficult to quantify and               a suite of proposed mitigation measures               for marine mammal observers would be
                                                is therefore not accounted for in take                  into their project description based on               7 x 50 reticule binoculars and optical
                                                estimates shown in Table 8.                             the above sources.                                    range finders. At night, night-vision
                                                                                                           To reduce the potential for                        equipment would be available. The
                                                Proposed Mitigation                                                                                           observers would be in communication
                                                                                                        disturbance from acoustic stimuli
                                                  In order to issue an IHA under                        associated with the activities, SIO has               with ship’s officers on the bridge and
                                                Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,                       proposed to implement the following                   scientists in the vessel’s operations
                                                NMFS must set forth the permissible                     mitigation measures for marine                        laboratory, so they can advise promptly
                                                methods of taking pursuant to such                      mammals:                                              of the need for avoidance maneuvers or
                                                activity, and other means of effecting                     (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation                 seismic source shutdown.
                                                the least practicable impact on such                                                                             The PSOs must have no tasks other
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                        monitoring;
                                                species or stock and its habitat, paying                   (2) Establishment of a marine                      than to conduct observational effort,
                                                particular attention to rookeries, mating               mammal exclusion zone (EZ);                           record observational data, and
                                                grounds, and areas of similar                              (3) Shutdown procedures;                           communicate with and instruct relevant
                                                significance, and on the availability of                   (4) Ramp-up procedures; and                        vessel crew with regard to the presence
                                                such species or stock for taking for                       (5) Vessel strike avoidance measures.              of marine mammals and mitigation
                                                certain subsistence uses (latter not                       In addition to the measures proposed               requirements. PSO resumes would be
                                                applicable for this action). NMFS                       by SIO, NMFS has proposed the                         provided to NMFS for approval. At least


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                           18687

                                                one PSO must have a minimum of 90                       Environmental Impact Statement for                    here, the small delphinoid group is
                                                days at-sea experience working as PSOs                  marine scientific research funded by the              intended to encompass those members
                                                during a seismic survey. One                            National Science Foundation or the U.S.               of the Family Delphinidae most likely to
                                                ‘‘experienced’’ visual PSO will be                      Geological Survey (NSF–USGS 2011),                    voluntarily approach the source vessel
                                                designated as the lead for the entire                   Alternative B (the Preferred Alternative)             for purposes of interacting with the
                                                protected species observation team. The                 conservatively applied a 100 m EZ for                 vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow
                                                lead will serve as primary point of                     all low-energy acoustic sources in water              riding). This exception to the shutdown
                                                contact for the vessel operator. The                    depths >100 m, with low-energy                        requirement would apply solely to
                                                PSOs must have successfully completed                   acoustic sources defined as any towed                 specific genera of small dolphins—
                                                relevant training, including completion                 acoustic source with a single or a pair               Tursiops, Steno, Stenella,
                                                of all required coursework and passing                  of clustered airguns with individual                  Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus—and
                                                a written and/or oral examination                       volumes of ≤250 in3. Thus the 100 m EZ                would only apply if the animals were
                                                developed for the training program, and                 proposed for this survey is consistent                traveling, including approaching the
                                                must have successfully attained a                       with the PEIS.                                        vessel. If, for example, an animal or
                                                bachelor’s degree from an accredited                       Our intent in prescribing a standard               group of animals is stationary for some
                                                college or university with a major in one               EZ distance is to (1) encompass zones                 reason (e.g., feeding) and the source
                                                of the natural sciences and a minimum                   within which auditory injury could                    vessel approaches the animals, the
                                                of 30 semester hours or equivalent in                   occur on the basis of instantaneous                   shutdown requirement applies. An
                                                the biological sciences and at least one                exposure; (2) provide additional                      animal with sufficient incentive to
                                                undergraduate course in math or                         protection from the potential for more                remain in an area rather than avoid an
                                                statistics. The educational requirements                severe behavioral reactions (e.g., panic,             otherwise aversive stimulus could either
                                                may be waived if the PSO has acquired                   antipredator response) for marine                     incur auditory injury or disruption of
                                                the relevant skills through alternate                   mammals at relatively close range to the              important behavior. If there is
                                                training, including (1) secondary                       acoustic source; (3) provide consistency              uncertainty regarding identification (i.e.,
                                                education and/or experience                             for PSOs, who need to monitor and                     whether the observed animal(s) belongs
                                                comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous                  implement the EZ; and (4) define a                    to the group described above) or
                                                work experience conducting academic,                    distance within which detection                       whether the animals are traveling, the
                                                commercial, or government-sponsored                     probabilities are reasonably high for                 shutdown would be implemented.
                                                marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous                  most species under typical conditions.                   We propose this small delphinoid
                                                work experience as a PSO; the PSO                          PSOs would also establish and                      exception because shutdown
                                                should demonstrate good standing and                    monitor a 200 m buffer zone. During use               requirements for small delphinoids
                                                consistently good performance of PSO                    of the acoustic source, occurrence of                 under all circumstances represent
                                                duties.                                                 marine mammals within the buffer zone                 practicability concerns without likely
                                                                                                        (but outside the EZ) would be                         commensurate benefits for the animals
                                                Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone                                                                                in question. Small delphinoids are
                                                                                                        communicated to the operator to
                                                   An EZ is a defined area within which                 prepare for potential shutdown of the                 generally the most commonly observed
                                                occurrence of a marine mammal triggers                  acoustic source. The buffer zone is                   marine mammals in the specific
                                                mitigation action intended to reduce the                discussed further under Ramp Up                       geographic region and would typically
                                                potential for certain outcomes, e.g.,                   Procedures below.                                     be the only marine mammals likely to
                                                auditory injury, disruption of critical                                                                       intentionally approach the vessel. As
                                                behaviors. The PSOs would establish a                   Shutdown Procedures                                   described below, auditory injury is
                                                minimum EZ with a 100 m radius for                        If a marine mammal is detected                      extremely unlikely to occur for mid-
                                                the airgun array. The 100 m EZ would                    outside the EZ but is likely to enter the             frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids),
                                                be based on radial distance from any                    EZ, the airguns would be shut down                    as this group is relatively insensitive to
                                                element of the airgun array (rather than                before the animal is within the EZ.                   sound produced at the predominant
                                                being based on the center of the array                  Likewise, if a marine mammal is already               frequencies in an airgun pulse while
                                                or around the vessel itself). With certain              within the EZ when first detected, the                also having a relatively high threshold
                                                exceptions (described below), if a                      airguns would be shut down                            for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,
                                                marine mammal appears within, enters,                   immediately.                                          permanent threshold shift). Please see
                                                or appears on a course to enter this                      Following a shutdown, airgun activity               ‘‘Potential Effects of the Specified
                                                zone, the acoustic source would be shut                 would not resume until the marine                     Activity on Marine Mammals’’ above for
                                                down (see Shutdown Procedures                           mammal has cleared the 100 m EZ. The                  further discussion of sound metrics and
                                                below).                                                 animal would be considered to have                    thresholds and marine mammal hearing.
                                                   The 100 m radial distance of the                     cleared the 100 m EZ if the following                    A large body of anecdotal evidence
                                                standard EZ is precautionary in the                     conditions have been met:                             indicates that small delphinoids
                                                sense that it would be expected to                        • It is visually observed to have                   commonly approach vessels and/or
                                                contain sound exceeding injury criteria                 departed the 100 m EZ, or                             towed arrays during active sound
                                                for all marine mammal hearing groups                      • it has not been seen within the 100               production for purposes of bow riding,
                                                (Table 7) while also providing a                        m EZ for 15 min in the case of small                  with no apparent effect observed in
                                                consistent, reasonably observable zone                  odontocetes, or                                       those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,
                                                within which PSOs would typically be                      • it has not been seen within the 100               2012). The potential for increased
                                                able to conduct effective observational                 m EZ for 30 min in the case of                        shutdowns resulting from such a
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                effort. In this case, the 100 m radial                  mysticetes and large odontocetes,                     measure would require the Atlantis to
                                                distance would also be expected to                      including sperm, pygmy sperm, and                     revisit the missed track line to reacquire
                                                contain sound that would exceed the                     beaked whales.                                        data, resulting in an overall increase in
                                                Level A harassment threshold based on                     This shutdown requirement would be                  the total sound energy input to the
                                                sound exposure level (SELcum) criteria                  in place for all marine mammals, with                 marine environment and an increase in
                                                for all marine mammal hearing groups                    the exception of small delphinoids                    the total duration over which the survey
                                                (Table 7). In the 2011 Programmatic                     under certain circumstances. As defined               is active in a given area. Although other


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18688                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                mid-frequency hearing specialists (e.g.,                another). This 30 minute pre-clearance                crew members responsible for these
                                                large delphinoids) are no more likely to                period may occur during any vessel                    duties would be provided sufficient
                                                incur auditory injury than are small                    activity (i.e., transit). If a marine                 training to distinguish marine mammals
                                                delphinoids, they are much less likely                  mammal were observed within or                        from other phenomena. Vessel strike
                                                to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining               approaching the 100 m EZ during this                  avoidance measures would be followed
                                                a shutdown requirement for large                        pre-clearance period, ramp-up would                   during surveys and while in transit.
                                                delphinoids would not have similar                      not be initiated until all marine                        The vessel would maintain a
                                                impacts in terms of either practicability               mammals cleared the EZ. Criteria for                  minimum separation distance of 100 m
                                                for the applicant or corollary increase in              clearing the EZ would be as described                 from large whales (i.e., baleen whales
                                                sound energy output and time on the                     above. If the airgun array has been shut              and sperm whales). If a large whale is
                                                water. We do anticipate some benefit for                down for reasons other than mitigation                within 100 m of the vessel the vessel
                                                a shutdown requirement for large                        (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period            would reduce speed and shift the engine
                                                delphinoids in that it simplifies                       of less than 30 minutes, it may be                    to neutral, and would not engage the
                                                somewhat the total range of decision-                   activated again without ramp-up if PSOs               engines until the whale has moved
                                                making for PSOs and may preclude any                    have maintained constant visual                       outside of the vessel’s path and the
                                                potential for physiological effects other               observation and no detections of any                  minimum separation distance has been
                                                than to the auditory system as well as                  marine mammal have occurred within                    established. If the vessel is stationary,
                                                some more severe behavioral reactions                   the EZ or buffer zone. Ramp-up would                  the vessel would not engage engines
                                                for any such animals in close proximity                 be planned to occur during periods of                 until the whale(s) has moved out of the
                                                to the source vessel.                                   good visibility when possible. However,               vessel’s path and beyond 100 m. The
                                                   At any distance, shutdown of the                     ramp-up would be allowed at night and                 vessel would maintain a minimum
                                                acoustic source would also be required                  during poor visibility if the 100 m EZ                separation distance of 50 m from all
                                                upon observation of any of the                          and 200 m buffer zone have been                       other marine mammals (with the
                                                following:                                              monitored by visual PSOs for 30                       exception of delphinids of the genera
                                                   • A large whale (i.e., sperm whale or                minutes prior to ramp-up.                             Tursiops, Steno, Stenella,
                                                any baleen whale) with a calf; or                          The operator would be required to                  Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus that
                                                   • an aggregation of large whales of                  notify a designated PSO of the planned                approach the vessel, as described
                                                any species (i.e., sperm whale or any                   start of ramp-up as agreed-upon with                  above). If an animal is encountered
                                                baleen whale) that does not appear to be                the lead PSO; the notification time                   during transit, the vessel would attempt
                                                traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).           should not be less than 60 minutes prior              to remain parallel to the animal’s
                                                   These would be the only two                          to the planned ramp-up. A designated                  course, avoiding excessive speed or
                                                potential situations that would require                 PSO must be notified again immediately                abrupt changes in course. Vessel speeds
                                                shutdown of the array for marine                        prior to initiating ramp-up procedures                would be reduced to 10 knots or less
                                                mammals observed beyond the 100 m                       and the operator must receive                         when mother/calf pairs, pods, or large
                                                EZ.                                                     confirmation from the PSO to proceed.                 assemblages of cetaceans are observed
                                                                                                        The operator must provide information                 near the vessel.
                                                Ramp-Up Procedures
                                                                                                        to PSOs documenting that appropriate                     Based on our evaluation of the
                                                   Ramp-up of an acoustic source is                     procedures were followed. Following                   applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
                                                intended to provide a gradual increase                  deactivation of the array for reasons                 has preliminarily determined that the
                                                in sound levels following a shutdown,                   other than mitigation, the operator                   proposed mitigation measures provide
                                                enabling animals to move away from the                  would be required to communicate the                  the means effecting the least practicable
                                                source if the signal is sufficiently                    near-term operational plan to the lead                impact on the affected species or stocks
                                                aversive prior to its reaching full                     PSO with justification for any planned                and their habitat, paying particular
                                                intensity. Ramp-up would be required                    nighttime ramp-up.                                    attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
                                                after the array is shut down for any                                                                          and areas of similar significance.
                                                reason. Ramp-up would begin with the                    Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures
                                                activation of one 45 in3 airgun, with the                  Vessel strike avoidance measures are               Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
                                                second 45 in3 airgun activated after 5                  intended to minimize the potential for                  In order to issue an IHA for an
                                                minutes.                                                collisions with marine mammals. These                 activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                                   At least two PSOs would be required                  requirements do not apply in any case                 MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                                to monitor during ramp-up. During                       where compliance would create an                      requirements pertaining to the
                                                ramp up, the PSOs would monitor the                     imminent and serious threat to a person               monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                                                EZ, and if marine mammals were                          or vessel or to the extent that a vessel              The MMPA implementing regulations at
                                                observed within the EZ or buffer zone,                  is restricted in its ability to maneuver              50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
                                                a shutdown would be implemented as                      and, because of the restriction, cannot               requests for authorizations must include
                                                though the full array were operational.                 comply.                                               the suggested means of accomplishing
                                                If airguns have been shut down due to                      The proposed measures include the                  the necessary monitoring and reporting
                                                PSO detection of a marine mammal                        following: Vessel operator and crew                   that will result in increased knowledge
                                                within or approaching the 100 m EZ,                     would maintain a vigilant watch for all               of the species and of the level of taking
                                                ramp-up would not be initiated until all                marine mammals and slow down or                       or impacts on populations of marine
                                                marine mammals have cleared the EZ,                     stop the vessel or alter course to avoid              mammals that are expected to be
                                                during the day or night. Criteria for                   striking any marine mammal. A visual                  present in the proposed action area.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                clearing the EZ would be as described                   observer aboard the vessel would                      Effective reporting is critical both to
                                                above.                                                  monitor a vessel strike avoidance zone                compliance as well as ensuring that the
                                                   Thirty minutes of pre-clearance                      around the vessel according to the                    most value is obtained from the required
                                                observation are required prior to ramp-                 parameters stated below. Visual                       monitoring.
                                                up for any shutdown of longer than 30                   observers monitoring the vessel strike                  Monitoring and reporting
                                                minutes (i.e., if the array were shut                   avoidance zone would be either third-                 requirements prescribed by NMFS
                                                down during transit from one line to                    party observers or crew members, but                  should contribute to improved


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                            18689

                                                understanding of one or more of the                     night, PSOs would be equipped with                    seen at times with and without seismic
                                                following:                                              night-vision equipment.                               activity.
                                                   • Occurrence of marine mammal                           PSOs would record data to estimate                 Reporting
                                                species or stocks in the area in which                  the numbers of marine mammals
                                                take is anticipated (e.g., presence,                    exposed to various received sound                       A report would be submitted to NMFS
                                                abundance, distribution, density);                      levels and to document apparent                       within 90 days after the end of the
                                                   • Nature, scope, or context of likely                disturbance reactions or lack thereof.                survey. The report would describe the
                                                marine mammal exposure to potential                     Data would be used to estimate numbers                operations that were conducted and
                                                stressors/impacts (individual or                        of animals potentially ‘taken’ by                     sightings of marine mammals near the
                                                cumulative, acute or chronic), through                  harassment (as defined in the MMPA).                  operations. The report would provide
                                                better understanding of: (1) Action or                  They would also provide information                   full documentation of methods, results,
                                                environment (e.g., source                               needed to order a shutdown of the                     and interpretation pertaining to all
                                                characterization, propagation, ambient                  airguns when a marine mammal is                       monitoring and would summarize the
                                                noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life                within or near the EZ. When a sighting                dates and locations of seismic
                                                history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence              is made, the following information                    operations, and all marine mammal
                                                of marine mammal species with the                       about the sighting would be recorded:                 sightings (dates, times, locations,
                                                action; or (4) biological or behavioral                    (1) Species, group size, age/size/sex              activities, associated seismic survey
                                                context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or              categories (if determinable), behavior                activities). The report would also
                                                feeding areas);                                         when first sighted and after initial                  include estimates of the number and
                                                   • Individual marine mammal                           sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing            nature of exposures that occurred above
                                                responses (behavioral or physiological)                 and distance from seismic vessel,                     the harassment threshold based on PSO
                                                to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or               sighting cue, apparent reaction to the                observations, including an estimate of
                                                cumulative), other stressors, or                        airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,             those on the trackline but not detected.
                                                cumulative impacts from multiple                        approach, paralleling, etc.), and                     Negligible Impact Analysis and
                                                stressors;                                              behavioral pace; and                                  Determination
                                                   • How anticipated responses to                          (2) Time, location, heading, speed,
                                                stressors impact either: (1) Long-term                                                                           NMFS has defined negligible impact
                                                                                                        activity of the vessel, sea state,                    as an impact resulting from the
                                                fitness and survival of individual                      visibility, and sun glare.
                                                marine mammals; or (2) populations,                                                                           specified activity that cannot be
                                                                                                           All observations and shutdowns                     reasonably expected to, and is not
                                                species, or stocks;                                     would be recorded in a standardized
                                                   • Effects on marine mammal habitat                                                                         reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
                                                                                                        format. Data would be entered into an                 species or stock through effects on
                                                (e.g., marine mammal prey species,
                                                                                                        electronic database. The accuracy of the              annual rates of recruitment or survival
                                                acoustic habitat, or other important
                                                                                                        data entry would be verified by                       (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
                                                physical components of marine
                                                                                                        computerized data validity checks as                  finding is based on the lack of likely
                                                mammal habitat); and
                                                   • Mitigation and monitoring                          the data are entered and by subsequent                adverse effects on annual rates of
                                                effectiveness.                                          manual checking of the database. These                recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
                                                   SIO submitted a marine mammal                        procedures would allow initial                        level effects). An estimate of the number
                                                monitoring and reporting plan in their                  summaries of data to be prepared during               of takes alone is not enough information
                                                IHA application. Monitoring that is                     and shortly after the field program and               on which to base an impact
                                                designed specifically to facilitate                     would facilitate transfer of the data to              determination. In addition to
                                                mitigation measures, such as monitoring                 statistical, graphical, and other                     considering estimates of the number of
                                                of the EZ to inform potential shutdowns                 programs for further processing and                   marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
                                                of the airgun array, are described above                archiving. The time, location, heading,               through harassment, NMFS considers
                                                and are not repeated here.                              speed, activity of the vessel, sea state,             other factors, such as the likely nature
                                                   SIO’s monitoring and reporting plan                  visibility, and sun glare would also be               of any responses (e.g., intensity,
                                                includes the following measures:                        recorded at the start and end of each                 duration), the context of any responses
                                                                                                        observation watch, and during a watch                 (e.g., critical reproductive time or
                                                Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring                          whenever there is a change in one or                  location, migration), as well as effects
                                                  As described above, PSO observations                  more of the variables.                                on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
                                                would take place during daytime airgun                     Results from the vessel-based                      of the mitigation. We also assess the
                                                operations and nighttime start-ups (if                  observations would provide:                           number, intensity, and context of
                                                applicable) of the airguns. During                         (1) The basis for real-time mitigation             estimated takes by evaluating this
                                                seismic operations, three visual PSOs                   (e.g., airgun shutdown);                              information relative to population
                                                would be based aboard the Atlantis.                        (2) Information needed to estimate the             status. Consistent with the 1989
                                                PSOs would be appointed by SIO with                     number of marine mammals potentially                  preamble for NMFS’s implementing
                                                NMFS approval. During the majority of                   taken by harassment, which must be                    regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
                                                seismic operations, one PSO would                       reported to NMFS;                                     1989), the impacts from other past and
                                                monitor for marine mammals around                          (3) Data on the occurrence,                        ongoing anthropogenic activities are
                                                the seismic vessel. PSOs would be on                    distribution, and activities of marine                incorporated into this analysis via their
                                                duty in shifts of duration no longer than               mammals in the area where the seismic                 impacts on the environmental baseline
                                                4 hours. Other crew would also be                       study is conducted;                                   (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                instructed to assist in detecting marine                   (4) Information to compare the                     of the species, population size and
                                                mammals and in implementing                             distance and distribution of marine                   growth rate where known, ongoing
                                                mitigation requirements (if practical).                 mammals relative to the source vessel at              sources of human-caused mortality, or
                                                During daytime, PSOs would scan the                     times with and without seismic activity;              ambient noise levels).
                                                area around the vessel systematically                   and                                                      To avoid repetition, our analysis
                                                with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50                        (5) Data on the behavior and                       applies to all the species listed in Table
                                                Fujinon) and with the naked eye. At                     movement patterns of marine mammals                   2, given that NMFS expects the


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18690                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                anticipated effects of the proposed                     engaged in feeding activities                         preventing at least some extent of
                                                seismic survey to be similar in nature.                 (Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species               potential PTS in marine mammals that
                                                Where there are meaningful differences                  are mobile and are broadly distributed                may otherwise occur in the absence of
                                                between species or stocks, or groups of                 throughout the project area; therefore,               the proposed mitigation.
                                                species, in anticipated individual                      marine mammals that may be                               Of the marine mammal species under
                                                responses to activities, impact of                      temporarily displaced during survey                   our jurisdiction that are likely to occur
                                                expected take on the population due to                  activities are expected to be able to                 in the project area, the following species
                                                differences in population status, or                    resume foraging once they have moved                  are listed as endangered under the ESA:
                                                impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified                 away from areas with disturbing levels                Fin, sei, blue, and sperm whales. There
                                                species-specific factors to inform the                  of underwater noise. Because of the                   are currently insufficient data to
                                                analysis.                                               temporary nature of the disturbance, the              determine population trends for these
                                                   NMFS does not anticipate that serious                availability of similar habitat and                   species (Hayes et al., 2017); however,
                                                injury or mortality would occur as a                    resources in the surrounding area, and                we are proposing to authorize very
                                                result of SIO’s proposed seismic survey,                the lack of important or unique marine                small numbers of takes for these species
                                                even in the absence of proposed                         mammal habitat, the impacts to marine                 (Table 11), relative to their population
                                                mitigation. Thus the proposed                           mammals and the food sources that they                sizes (again, when compared to U.S.
                                                authorization does not authorize any                    utilize are not expected to cause                     Atlantic stocks, for purposes of
                                                mortality. As discussed in the Potential                significant or long-term consequences                 comparison only), therefore we do not
                                                Effects section, non-auditory physical                  for individual marine mammals or their                expect population-level impacts to any
                                                effects, stranding, and vessel strike are               populations. In addition, there are no                of these species. The other marine
                                                not expected to occur.                                  feeding, mating or calving areas known                mammal species that may be taken by
                                                   We propose to authorize a limited                    to be biologically important to marine                harassment during SIO’s seismic survey
                                                number of instances of Level A                          mammals within the proposed project                   are not listed as threatened or
                                                harassment (Table 11) for one species.                  area.                                                 endangered under the ESA. There is no
                                                However, we believe that any PTS                           As described above, though marine                  designated critical habitat for any ESA-
                                                incurred in marine mammals as a result                  mammals in the survey area would not                  listed marine mammals within the
                                                of the proposed activity would be in the                be assigned to NMFS stocks, for                       project area; of the non-listed marine
                                                form of only a small degree of PTS and                  purposes of the small numbers analysis                mammals for which we propose to
                                                not total deafness that would not be                    we rely on stock numbers from the U.S.                authorize take, none are considered
                                                likely to affect the fitness of any                     Atlantic SARs as the best available                   ‘‘depleted’’ or ‘‘strategic’’ by NMFS
                                                individuals, because of the constant                    information on the abundance estimates                under the MMPA.
                                                movement of both the Atlantis and of                    for the species of marine mammals that                   NMFS concludes that exposures to
                                                the marine mammals in the project area,                 could be taken. The activity is expected              marine mammal species due to SIO’s
                                                as well as the fact that the vessel is not              to impact a very small percentage of all              proposed seismic survey would result in
                                                expected to remain in any one area in                   marine mammal populations that would                  only short-term (temporary and short in
                                                which individual marine mammals                         be affected by SIO’s proposed survey                  duration) effects to individuals exposed,
                                                would be expected to concentrate for an                 (less than 34 percent each for all marine             or some small degree of PTS to a very
                                                extended period of time (i.e., since the                mammal stocks, when compared with                     small number of individuals of four
                                                duration of exposure to loud sounds                     stocks from the U.S. Atlantic as                      species. Marine mammals may
                                                will be relatively short). Also, as                     described above). Additionally, the                   temporarily avoid the immediate area,
                                                described above, we expect that marine                  acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of the proposed                but are not expected to permanently
                                                mammals would be likely to move away                    survey would be very small relative to                abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat
                                                from a sound source that represents an                  the ranges of all marine mammals that                 use, distribution, or foraging success are
                                                aversive stimulus, especially at levels                 would potentially be affected. Sound                  not expected. NMFS does not anticipate
                                                that would be expected to result in PTS,                levels would increase in the marine                   the proposed take estimates to impact
                                                given sufficient notice of the Atlantis’s               environment in a relatively small area                annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                                approach due to the vessel’s relatively                 surrounding the vessel compared to the                   In summary and as described above,
                                                low speed when conducting seismic                       range of the marine mammals within the                the following factors primarily support
                                                surveys. We expect that the majority of                 proposed survey area. The seismic array               our preliminary determination that the
                                                takes would be in the form of short-term                would be active 24 hours per day                      impacts resulting from this activity are
                                                Level B behavioral harassment in the                    throughout the duration of the proposed               not expected to adversely affect the
                                                form of temporary avoidance of the area                 survey. However, the very brief overall               species or stock through effects on
                                                or decreased foraging (if such activity                 duration of the proposed survey (25                   annual rates of recruitment or survival:
                                                were occurring), reactions that are                     days) would further limit potential                      • No mortality is anticipated or
                                                considered to be of low severity and                    impacts that may occur as a result of the             authorized;
                                                with no lasting biological consequences                 proposed activity.                                       • The anticipated impacts of the
                                                (e.g., Southall et al., 2007).                             The proposed mitigation measures are               proposed activity on marine mammals
                                                   Potential impacts to marine mammal                   expected to reduce the number and/or                  would primarily be temporary
                                                habitat were discussed previously in                    severity of takes by allowing for                     behavioral changes due to avoidance of
                                                this document (see Potential Effects of                 detection of marine mammals in the                    the area around the survey vessel. The
                                                the Specified Activity on Marine                        vicinity of the vessel by visual and                  relatively short duration of the proposed
                                                Mammals and their Habitat). Marine                      acoustic observers, and by minimizing                 survey (25 days) would further limit the
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                mammal habitat may be impacted by                       the severity of any potential exposures               potential impacts of any temporary
                                                elevated sound levels, but these impacts                via shutdowns of the airgun array.                    behavioral changes that would occur;
                                                would be temporary. Feeding behavior                    Based on previous monitoring reports                     • The number of instances of PTS
                                                is not likely to be significantly                       for substantially similar activities that             that may occur are expected to be very
                                                impacted, as marine mammals appear to                   have been previously authorized by                    small in number (Table 11). Instances of
                                                be less likely to exhibit behavioral                    NMFS, we expect that the proposed                     PTS that are incurred in marine
                                                reactions or avoidance responses while                  mitigation will be effective in                       mammals would be of a low level, due


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                          18691

                                                to constant movement of the vessel and                  North Atlantic Sighting Survey                           No known current regional
                                                of the marine mammals in the area, and                  (TNASS), which provided full coverage                 population estimates are available for 5
                                                the nature of the survey design (not                    of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson                marine mammal species that could be
                                                concentrated in areas of high marine                    and Gosselin, 2009) represents the best               incidentally taken as a result of the
                                                mammal concentration);                                  available information on abundance.                   proposed survey: The Bryde’s whale,
                                                  • The availability of alternate areas of              Abundance estimates from TNASS were                   killer whale, pygmy killer whale,
                                                similar habitat value for marine                        corrected for perception and availability             Northern bottlenose whale, and ringed
                                                mammals to temporarily vacate the                       bias, when possible. In general, where                seal. NMFS has reviewed the geographic
                                                survey area during the proposed survey                  the TNASS survey effort provided more                 distributions of these species in
                                                to avoid exposure to sounds from the                    extensive coverage of a stock’s range (as             determining whether the numbers of
                                                activity;                                               compared with NOAA shipboard survey                   takes proposed for authorization herein
                                                  • The proposed project area does not                  effort), we elected to use the resulting              are likely to represent small numbers.
                                                contain areas of significance for feeding,              abundance estimate over the current                   Bryde’s whales are distributed
                                                mating or calving;                                      NMFS abundance estimate (derived                      worldwide in tropical and sub-tropical
                                                  • The potential adverse effects on fish                                                                     waters (Kato and Perrin, 2009). Killer
                                                                                                        from survey effort with more limited
                                                or invertebrate species that serve as prey                                                                    whales are broadly distributed in the
                                                                                                        coverage of the stock range). For the
                                                species for marine mammals from the                                                                           Atlantic from the Arctic ice edge to the
                                                                                                        humpback whale, NMFS defines a stock
                                                proposed survey would be temporary                                                                            West Indies (Waring et al., 2015). The
                                                                                                        of humpback whales in the Atlantic
                                                and spatially limited; and                                                                                    pygmy killer whale is distributed
                                                  • The proposed mitigation measures,                   only on the basis of the Gulf of Maine
                                                                                                        feeding population; however, multiple                 worldwide in tropical to sub-tropical
                                                including visual and acoustic                                                                                 waters (Jefferson et al. 1994). Northern
                                                monitoring and shutdowns, are                           feeding populations originate from the
                                                                                                        DPS of humpback whales that is                        bottlenose whales are distributed in the
                                                expected to minimize potential impacts                                                                        North Atlantic from Nova Scotia to
                                                to marine mammals.                                      expected to occur in the proposed
                                                                                                        survey area (the West Indies DPS). As                 about 70° N in the Davis Strait, along
                                                  Based on the analysis contained                                                                             the east coast of Greenland to 77° N and
                                                herein of the likely effects of the                     West Indies DPS whales from multiple
                                                                                                                                                              from England, Norway, Iceland and the
                                                specified activity on marine mammals                    feeding populations may be
                                                                                                                                                              Faroe Islands to the south coast of
                                                and their habitat, and taking into                      encountered in the proposed survey
                                                                                                                                                              Svalbard (Waring et al., 2015). The harp
                                                consideration the implementation of the                 area, the total abundance of the West
                                                                                                                                                              seal occurs throughout much of the
                                                proposed monitoring and mitigation                      Indies DPS best reflects the abundance
                                                                                                                                                              North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans
                                                measures, NMFS preliminarily finds                      of the population that may encountered
                                                                                                                                                              (Lavigne and Kovacs 1988). Based on
                                                that the total marine mammal take from                  by the proposed survey. The West
                                                                                                                                                              the broad spatial distributions of these
                                                the proposed activity will have a                       Indies DPS abundance estimate used
                                                                                                                                                              species relative to the areas where the
                                                negligible impact on all affected marine                here reflects the latest estimate as
                                                                                                                                                              proposed surveys would occur, NMFS
                                                mammal species or stocks.                               described in the NMFS Status Review of
                                                                                                                                                              preliminarily concludes that the
                                                                                                        the Humpback Whale under the
                                                Small Numbers                                                                                                 authorized take of these species
                                                                                                        Endangered Species Act (Bettridge et
                                                                                                                                                              represent small numbers relative to the
                                                   As noted above, only small numbers                   al., 2015). Therefore, we use abundance
                                                                                                                                                              affected species’ overall population
                                                of incidental take may be authorized                    data from the SARs in most cases, as
                                                                                                                                                              sizes, though we are unable to quantify
                                                under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA                  well as from the TNASS and NMFS
                                                                                                                                                              the proposed take numbers as a
                                                for specified activities other than                     Status Review, for purposes of the small
                                                                                                                                                              percentage of population.
                                                military readiness activities. The MMPA                 numbers analysis. The numbers of takes                   Based on the analysis contained
                                                does not define small numbers and so,                   that we propose for authorization to be               herein of the proposed activity
                                                in practice, where estimated numbers                    taken, for all species and stocks are less            (including the proposed mitigation and
                                                are available, NMFS compares the                        than a third of the population                        monitoring measures) and the
                                                number of individuals taken to the most                 abundance for all species and stocks,                 anticipated take of marine mammals,
                                                appropriate estimation of abundance of                  when compared to abundance estimates                  NMFS preliminarily finds that small
                                                the relevant species or stock in our                    from U.S. Atlantic SARs and TNASS                     numbers of marine mammals will be
                                                determination of whether an                             and NMFS Status Review (Table 11). We                 taken relative to the population size of
                                                authorization is limited to small                       again note that while some animals from               the affected species or stocks.
                                                numbers of marine mammals.                              U.S. stocks may occur in the proposed
                                                Additionally, other qualitative factors                 survey area, the proposed survey area is              Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
                                                may be considered in the analysis, such                 outside the geographic boundaries of the              and Determination
                                                as the temporal or spatial scale of the                 U.S. Atlantic SARs, thus populations of                  There are no relevant subsistence uses
                                                activities.                                             marine mammals in the proposed                        of the affected marine mammal stocks or
                                                   Marine mammals potentially taken by                  survey area would not be limited to the               species implicated by this action.
                                                the proposed survey would not be                        U.S. stocks and those populations may                 Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily
                                                expected to originate from the U.S.                     in fact be larger than the U.S. stock                 determined that the total taking of
                                                Atlantic stocks as defined by NMFS                      abundance estimates. In addition, it                  affected species or stocks would not
                                                (Hayes et al., 2017). However,                          should be noted that take numbers                     have an unmitigable adverse impact on
                                                population abundance data for marine                    represent instances of take, not                      the availability of such species or stocks
                                                mammal species in the survey area is                    individuals taken. Given the relatively               for taking for subsistence purposes.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                not available, therefore in most cases the              small survey grids (Figure 1 in the IHA
                                                U.S. Atlantic SARs represent the best                   application), it is reasonable to expect              Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                                available information on marine                         that some individuals may be exposed                     Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA of 1973 (16
                                                mammal abundance in the Northwest                       more than one time, which would mean                  U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each
                                                Atlantic Ocean. For certain species (i.e.,              that the number of individuals taken is               Federal agency insure that any action it
                                                fin whale, minke whale and common                       somewhat smaller than the total                       authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
                                                dolphin) the 2007 Canadian Trans-                       instances of take indicated in Table 1.               likely to jeopardize the continued


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18692                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                existence of any endangered or                          those listed in Table 11 are detected by                 (v) During good conditions (e.g.,
                                                threatened species or result in the                     PSOs, the acoustic source must be shut                daylight hours; Beaufort sea state 3 or
                                                destruction or adverse modification of                  down to avoid unauthorized take.                      less), visual PSOs shall conduct
                                                designated critical habitat. To ensure                     (e) SIO shall ensure that the vessel               observations when the acoustic source
                                                ESA compliance for the issuance of                      operator and other relevant vessel                    is not operating for comparison of
                                                IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this                 personnel are briefed on all                          sighting rates and behavior with and
                                                case with the ESA Interagency                           responsibilities, communication                       without use of the acoustic source and
                                                Cooperation Division, whenever we                       procedures, marine mammal monitoring                  between acquisition periods, to the
                                                propose to authorize take for                           protocol, operational procedures, and                 maximum extent practicable.
                                                endangered or threatened species.                       IHA requirements prior to the start of                   (d) Exclusion Zone and buffer zone—
                                                   The NMFS Permits and Conservation                    survey activity, and when relevant new                PSOs shall establish and monitor a 100
                                                Division is proposing to authorize the                  personnel join the survey operations.                 m EZ and 200 m buffer zone. The zones
                                                incidental take of 4 species of marine                     4. Mitigation Requirements                         shall be based upon radial distance from
                                                mammals which are listed under the                         The holder of this Authorization is                any element of the airgun array (rather
                                                ESA: the sei whale, fin whale, blue                     required to implement the following                   than being based on the center of the
                                                whale and sperm whale. We have                          mitigation measures:                                  array or around the vessel itself). During
                                                requested initiation of Section 7                          (a) SIO must use at least three (3)                use of the acoustic source, occurrence of
                                                consultation with the Interagency                       dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved                     marine mammals outside the EZ but
                                                Cooperation Division for the issuance of                PSOs. The PSOs must have no tasks                     within 200 m from any element of the
                                                this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA                    other than to conduct observational                   airgun array shall be communicated to
                                                section 7 consultation prior to reaching                effort, record observational data, and                the operator to prepare for potential
                                                a determination regarding the proposed                  communicate with and instruct relevant                further mitigation measures as described
                                                issuance of the authorization.                          vessel crew with regard to the presence               below. During use of the acoustic
                                                                                                        of marine mammals and mitigation                      source, occurrence of marine mammals
                                                Proposed Authorization                                  requirements. PSO resumes shall be                    within the EZ, or on a course to enter
                                                   As a result of these preliminary                     provided to NMFS for approval.                        the EZ, shall trigger further mitigation
                                                determinations, NMFS proposes to issue                     (b) At least one PSO must have a                   measures as described below.
                                                an IHA to SIO for conducting a low-                     minimum of 90 days at-sea experience                     (i) Ramp-up—A ramp-up procedure is
                                                energy seismic survey in the Northwest                  working as a PSO during a deep                        required at all times as part of the
                                                Atlantic Ocean in June-July 2018,                       penetration seismic survey, with no                   activation of the acoustic source. Ramp-
                                                provided the previously mentioned                       more than eighteen months elapsed                     up would begin with one 45 in3 airgun,
                                                mitigation, monitoring, and reporting                   since the conclusion of the at-sea                    and the second 45 in3 airgun would be
                                                requirements are incorporated. This                     experience. One ‘‘experienced’’ visual                added after 5 minutes.
                                                section contains a draft of the IHA itself.             PSO shall be designated as the lead for                  (ii) If the airgun array has been shut
                                                The wording contained in this section is                the entire protected species observation              down due to a marine mammal
                                                proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if                   team. The lead PSO shall serve as                     detection, ramp-up shall not occur until
                                                issued).                                                primary point of contact for the vessel               all marine mammals have cleared the
                                                   1. This IHA is valid for a period of                 operator.                                             EZ. A marine mammal is considered to
                                                one year from the date of issuance.                        (c) Visual Observation                             have cleared the EZ if:
                                                   2. This IHA is valid only for marine                    (i) During survey operations (e.g., any               (A) It has been visually observed to
                                                geophysical survey activity, as specified               day on which use of the acoustic source               have left the EZ; or
                                                in the SIO IHA application and using an                 is planned to occur; whenever the                        (B) It has not been observed within
                                                airgun array aboard the R/V Atlantis                    acoustic source is in the water, whether              the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the case of
                                                with characteristics specified in the                   activated or not), typically two, and                 small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in
                                                application, in the Northwest Atlantic                  minimally one, PSO(s) must be on duty                 the case of mysticetes and large
                                                Ocean.                                                  and conducting visual observations at                 odontocetes including sperm, pygmy
                                                   3. General Conditions                                all times during daylight hours (i.e.,                sperm, and beaked whales).
                                                   (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the                from 30 minutes prior to sunrise                         (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance
                                                possession of SIO, the vessel operator                  through 30 minutes following sunset).                 observation of the 100 m EZ and 200 m
                                                and other relevant personnel, the lead                     (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not              buffer zone are required prior to ramp-
                                                PSO, and any other relevant designees                   less than 30 minutes prior to ramp-up,                up for any shutdown of longer than 30
                                                of SIO operating under the authority of                 including for nighttime ramp-ups of the               minutes. This pre-clearance period may
                                                this IHA.                                               airgun array, and must continue until                 occur during any vessel activity. If any
                                                   (b) The species authorized for taking                one hour after use of the acoustic source             marine mammal (including delphinids)
                                                are listed in Table 11. The taking, by                  ceases or until 30 minutes past sunset.               is observed within or approaching the
                                                Level A and Level B harassment only,                       (iii) PSOs shall coordinate to ensure              EZ or buffer zone during the 30 minute
                                                is limited to the species and numbers                   360° visual coverage around the vessel                pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not
                                                listed in Table 11. Any taking exceeding                from the most appropriate observation                 begin until the animal(s) has been
                                                the authorized amounts listed in Table                  posts and shall conduct visual                        observed exiting the EZ or buffer zone
                                                11 is prohibited and may result in the                  observations using binoculars and the                 or until an additional time period has
                                                modification, suspension, or revocation                 naked eye while free from distractions                elapsed with no further sightings (i.e.,
                                                of this IHA.                                            and in a consistent, systematic, and                  15 minutes for small odontocetes and 30
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   (c) The taking by serious injury or                  diligent manner.                                      minutes for all other species).
                                                death of any species of marine mammal                      (iv) PSOs may be on watch for a                       (iv) During ramp-up, at least two
                                                is prohibited and may result in the                     maximum of four consecutive hours                     PSOs shall monitor the 100 m EZ and
                                                modification, suspension, or revocation                 followed by a break of at least one hour              200 m buffer zone. Ramp-up may not be
                                                of this IHA.                                            between watches and may conduct a                     initiated if any marine mammal
                                                   (d) During use of the airgun(s), if                  maximum of 12 hours observation per                   (including delphinids) is observed
                                                marine mammal species other than                        24 hour period.                                       within or approaching the 100 m EZ. If


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                         18693

                                                a marine mammal is observed within or                   approaching the vessel. If animals are                   (B) If the vessel is stationary, the
                                                approaching the 100 m EZ during ramp-                   stationary and the vessel approaches the              vessel must not engage engines until the
                                                up, a shutdown shall be implemented as                  animals, the shutdown requirement                     whale(s) has moved out of the vessel’s
                                                though the full array were operational.                 applies. If there is uncertainty regarding            path and beyond 100 m.
                                                Ramp-up may not begin again until the                   identification (i.e., whether the observed               (ii) The vessel must maintain a
                                                animal(s) has been observed exiting the                 animal(s) belongs to the group described              minimum separation distance of 50 m
                                                100 m EZ or until an additional time                    above) or whether the animals are                     from all other marine mammals, with an
                                                period has elapsed with no further                      traveling, shutdown must be                           exception made for animals described in
                                                sightings (i.e., 15 minutes for small                   implemented.                                          4(e)(iv) that approach the vessel. If an
                                                odontocetes and 30 minutes for                             (v) Upon implementation of a                       animal is encountered during transit,
                                                mysticetes and large odontocetes                        shutdown, the source may be                           the vessel shall attempt to remain
                                                including sperm, pygmy sperm, and                       reactivated under the conditions                      parallel to the animal’s course, avoiding
                                                beaked whales).                                         described at 4(e)(vi). Where there is no              excessive speed or abrupt changes in
                                                   (v) If the airgun array has been shut                relevant zone (e.g., shutdown due to                  course.
                                                down for reasons other than mitigation                  observation of a calf), a 30-minute                      (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to
                                                (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period              clearance period must be observed                     10 knots or less when mother/calf pairs,
                                                of less than 30 minutes, it may be                      following the last observation of the                 pods, or large assemblages of cetaceans
                                                activated again without ramp-up if PSOs                 animal(s).                                            are observed near the vessel.
                                                have maintained constant visual                            (vi) Shutdown of the array is required                (g) Miscellaneous Protocols
                                                observation and no visual detections of                 upon observation of a whale (i.e., sperm                 (i) The airgun array must be
                                                any marine mammal have occurred                         whale or any baleen whale) with calf,                 deactivated when not acquiring data or
                                                within the buffer zone.                                 with ‘‘calf’’ defined as an animal less               preparing to acquire data, except as
                                                   (vi) Ramp-up at night and at times of                than two-thirds the body size of an adult             necessary for testing. Unnecessary use
                                                poor visibility shall only occur where                  observed to be in close association with              of the acoustic source shall be avoided.
                                                operational planning cannot reasonably                  an adult, at any distance.
                                                                                                                                                              Operational capacity of 90 in3 (not
                                                avoid such circumstances. Ramp-up                          (vii) Shutdown of the array is required
                                                                                                        upon observation of an aggregation (i.e.,             including redundant backup airguns)
                                                may occur at night and during poor                                                                            must not be exceeded during the survey,
                                                visibility if the 100 m EZ and 200 m                    six or more animals) of large whales of
                                                                                                        any species (i.e., sperm whale or any                 except where unavoidable for source
                                                buffer zone have been continually                                                                             testing and calibration purposes. All
                                                monitored by visual PSOs for 30                         baleen whale) that does not appear to be
                                                                                                        traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.)          occasions where activated source
                                                minutes prior to ramp-up with no                                                                              volume exceeds notified operational
                                                marine mammal detections.                               at any distance.
                                                                                                           (f) Vessel Strike Avoidance—Vessel                 capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s)
                                                   (vii) The vessel operator must notify
                                                                                                        operator and crew must maintain a                     on duty and fully documented. The lead
                                                a designated PSO of the planned start of
                                                                                                        vigilant watch for all marine mammals                 PSO must be granted access to relevant
                                                ramp-up. The designated PSO must be
                                                                                                        and slow down or stop the vessel or                   instrumentation documenting acoustic
                                                notified again immediately prior to
                                                                                                        alter course, as appropriate, to avoid                source power and/or operational
                                                initiating ramp-up procedures and the
                                                                                                        striking any marine mammal. These                     volume.
                                                operator must receive confirmation from
                                                                                                        requirements do not apply in any case                   (ii) Testing of the acoustic source
                                                the PSO to proceed.
                                                   (e) Shutdown requirements—An                         where compliance would create an                      involving all elements requires normal
                                                exclusion zone of 100 m shall be                        imminent and serious threat to a person               mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up).
                                                established and monitored by PSOs. If a                 or vessel or to the extent that a vessel              Testing limited to individual source
                                                marine mammal is observed within,                       is restricted in its ability to maneuver              elements or strings does not require
                                                entering, or approaching the 100 m                      and, because of the restriction, cannot               ramp-up but does require pre-clearance.
                                                exclusion zone all airguns shall be shut                comply. A visual observer aboard the                    5. Monitoring Requirements
                                                down.                                                   vessel must monitor a vessel strike                     The holder of this Authorization is
                                                   (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority                avoidance zone around the vessel                      required to conduct marine mammal
                                                to call for shutdown of the airgun array.               according to the parameters stated                    monitoring during survey activity.
                                                When there is certainty regarding the                   below. Visual observers monitoring the                Monitoring shall be conducted in
                                                need for mitigation action on the basis                 vessel strike avoidance zone can be                   accordance with the following
                                                of visual detection, the relevant PSO(s)                either third-party observers or crew                  requirements:
                                                must call for such action immediately.                  members, but crew members                               (a) The operator must provide a night-
                                                   (ii) The operator must establish and                 responsible for these duties must be                  vision device suited for the marine
                                                maintain clear lines of communication                   provided sufficient training to                       environment for use during nighttime
                                                directly between PSOs on duty and                       distinguish marine mammals from other                 ramp-up pre-clearance, at the discretion
                                                crew controlling the airgun array to                    phenomena.                                            of the PSOs. At minimum, the device
                                                ensure that shutdown commands are                          (i) The vessel must maintain a                     should feature automatic brightness and
                                                conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs                    minimum separation distance of 100 m                  gain control, bright light protection,
                                                to maintain watch.                                      from large whales. The following                      infrared illumination, and optics suited
                                                   (iii) When a shutdown is called for by               avoidance measures must be taken if a                 for low-light situations.
                                                a PSO, the shutdown must occur and                      large whale is within 100 m of the                      (b) PSOs must also be equipped with
                                                any dispute resolved only following                     vessel:                                               reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50) of
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                shutdown.                                                  (A) The vessel must reduce speed and               appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or
                                                   (iv) The shutdown requirement is                     shift the engine to neutral, when                     equivalent), GPS, compass, and any
                                                waived for dolphins of the following                    feasible, and must not engage the                     other tools necessary to adequately
                                                genera: Tursiops, Steno, Stenella,                      engines until the whale has moved                     perform necessary tasks, including
                                                Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus. The                       outside of the vessel’s path and the                  accurate determination of distance and
                                                shutdown waiver only applies if                         minimum separation distance has been                  bearing to observed marine mammals.
                                                animals are traveling, including                        established.                                            (c) PSO Qualifications


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                18694                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices

                                                   (i) PSOs must have successfully                      glare, and overall visibility to the                     (a) SIO shall submit a draft
                                                completed relevant training, including                  horizon                                               comprehensive report on all activities
                                                completion of all required coursework                      (vii) Factors that may be contributing             and monitoring results within 90 days
                                                and passing a written and/or oral                       to impaired observations during each                  of the completion of the survey or
                                                examination developed for the training                  PSO shift change or as needed as                      expiration of the IHA, whichever comes
                                                program.                                                environmental conditions change (e.g.,                sooner. The report must describe all
                                                   (ii) PSOs must have successfully                     vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)               activities conducted and sightings of
                                                attained a bachelor’s degree from an                       (viii) Survey activity information,                marine mammals near the activities,
                                                accredited college or university with a                 such as acoustic source power output                  must provide full documentation of
                                                major in one of the natural sciences and                while in operation, number and volume                 methods, results, and interpretation
                                                a minimum of 30 semester hours or                       of airguns operating in the array, tow                pertaining to all monitoring, and must
                                                equivalent in the biological sciences and               depth of the array, and any other notes               summarize the dates and locations of
                                                at least one undergraduate course in                    of significance (i.e., pre-ramp-up survey,            survey operations and all marine
                                                math or statistics. The educational                     ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,                 mammal sightings (dates, times,
                                                requirements may be waived if the PSO                   ramp-up completion, end of operations,                locations, activities, associated survey
                                                has acquired the relevant skills through                streamers, etc.)                                      activities). Geospatial data regarding
                                                alternate experience. Requests for such                    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted,                locations where the acoustic source was
                                                a waiver must include written                           the following information should be                   used must be provided as an ESRI
                                                justification. Alternate experience that                recorded:                                             shapefile with all necessary files and
                                                may be considered includes, but is not                     (A) Watch status (sighting made by                 appropriate metadata. In addition to the
                                                limited to (1) secondary education and/                 PSO on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,               report, all raw observational data shall
                                                or experience comparable to PSO duties;                 alternate vessel/platform);                           be made available to NMFS. The report
                                                (2) previous work experience                               (B) PSO who sighted the animal;                    must summarize the data collected as
                                                conducting academic, commercial, or                        (C) Time of sighting;                              required under condition 5(d) of this
                                                government-sponsored marine mammal                         (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;           IHA. The draft report must be
                                                surveys; or (3) previous work experience                   (E) Water depth;                                   accompanied by a certification from the
                                                as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate                       (F) Direction of vessel’s travel                   lead PSO as to the accuracy of the
                                                good standing and consistently good                     (compass direction);                                  report, and the lead PSO may submit
                                                performance of PSO duties.                                 (G) Direction of animal’s travel                   directly to NMFS a statement
                                                   (d) Data Collection—PSOs must use                    relative to the vessel;                               concerning implementation and
                                                standardized data forms, whether hard                      (H) Pace of the animal;                            effectiveness of the required mitigation
                                                copy or electronic. PSOs shall record                      (I) Estimated distance to the animal
                                                                                                                                                              and monitoring. A final report must be
                                                detailed information about any                          and its heading relative to vessel at
                                                                                                                                                              submitted within 30 days following
                                                implementation of mitigation                            initial sighting;
                                                                                                                                                              resolution of any comments from NMFS
                                                requirements, including the distance of                    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g.,
                                                                                                                                                              on the draft report.
                                                animals to the acoustic source and                      genus/species, lowest possible                           (b) Reporting injured or dead marine
                                                description of specific actions that                    taxonomic level, or unidentified); also               mammals:
                                                ensued, the behavior of the animal(s),                  note the composition of the group if                     (i) In the event that the specified
                                                any observed changes in behavior before                 there is a mix of species;                            activity clearly causes the take of a
                                                and after implementation of mitigation,                    (K) Estimated number of animals                    marine mammal in a manner not
                                                and if shutdown was implemented, the                    (high/low/best);                                      prohibited by this IHA (if issued), such
                                                length of time before any subsequent                       (L) Estimated number of animals by
                                                                                                                                                              as serious injury or mortality, SIO shall
                                                ramp-up of the acoustic source to                       cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
                                                                                                                                                              immediately cease the specified
                                                resume survey. If required mitigation                   calves, group composition, etc.);
                                                                                                                                                              activities and immediately report the
                                                was not implemented, PSOs should                           (M) Description (as many
                                                                                                                                                              incident to the NMFS Office of
                                                submit a description of the                             distinguishing features as possible of
                                                                                                                                                              Protected Resources. The report must
                                                circumstances. We require that, at a                    each individual seen, including length,
                                                                                                                                                              include the following information:
                                                minimum, the following information be                   shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,                (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                reported:                                               shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of                longitude) of the incident;
                                                   (i) PSO names and affiliations                       head, and blow characteristics);                         (B) Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                                   (ii) Dates of departures and returns to                 (N) Detailed behavior observations                 up to the incident;
                                                port with port name                                     (e.g., number of blows, number of                        (C) Description of the incident;
                                                   (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean                surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,                 (D) Status of all sound source use in
                                                Time) of survey effort and times                        feeding, traveling; as explicit and                   the 24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                corresponding with PSO effort                           detailed as possible; note any observed                  (E) Water depth;
                                                   (iv) Vessel location (latitude/                      changes in behavior);                                    (F) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                longitude) when survey effort begins                       (O) Animal’s closest point of                      wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                                and ends; vessel location at beginning                  approach and/or closest distance from                 state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                and end of visual PSO duty shifts                       the center point of the acoustic source;                 (G) Description of all marine mammal
                                                   (v) Vessel heading and speed at                         (P) Platform activity at time of                   observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                                beginning and end of visual PSO duty                    sighting (e.g., deploying, recovering,                the incident;
                                                shifts and upon any line change                         testing, shooting, data acquisition,                     (H) Species identification or
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   (vi) Environmental conditions while                  other); and                                           description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                on visual survey (at beginning and end                     (Q) Description of any actions                        (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
                                                of PSO shift and whenever conditions                    implemented in response to the sighting                  (J) Photographs or video footage of the
                                                change significantly), including wind                   (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed               animal(s).
                                                speed and direction, Beaufort sea state,                or course alteration, etc.) and time and                 Activities shall not resume until
                                                Beaufort wind force, swell height,                      location of the action.                               NMFS is able to review the
                                                weather conditions, cloud cover, sun                       6. Reporting                                       circumstances of the prohibited take.


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 82 / Friday, April 27, 2018 / Notices                                                18695

                                                NMFS will work with SIO to determine                    footage or other documentation of the                    • A request for renewal is received no
                                                what measures are necessary to                          sighting to NMFS.                                     later than 60 days prior to expiration of
                                                minimize the likelihood of further                         7. This Authorization may be                       the current IHA.
                                                prohibited take and ensure MMPA                         modified, suspended or withdrawn if                      • The request for renewal must
                                                compliance. SIO may not resume their                    the holder fails to abide by the                      include the following:
                                                activities until notified by NMFS.                      conditions prescribed herein, or if                      (1) An explanation that the activities
                                                  (ii) In the event that SIO discovers an               NMFS determines the authorized taking                 to be conducted beyond the initial dates
                                                injured or dead marine mammal, and                      is having more than a negligible impact               either are identical to the previously
                                                the lead observer determines that the                   on the species or stock of affected                   analyzed activities or include changes
                                                cause of the injury or death is unknown                 marine mammals.                                       so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size)
                                                and the death is relatively recent (e.g.,                                                                     that the changes do not affect the
                                                                                                        Request for Public Comments                           previous analyses, take estimates, or
                                                in less than a moderate state of
                                                decomposition), SIO shall immediately                      We request comment on our analyses,                mitigation and monitoring
                                                report the incident to the NMFS Office                  the proposed authorization, and any                   requirements.
                                                of Protected Resources. The report must                 other aspect of this Notice of Proposed                  (2) A preliminary monitoring report
                                                include the same information identified                 IHA for the proposed survey. We also                  showing the results of the required
                                                in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA.                       request comment on the potential for                  monitoring to date and an explanation
                                                Activities may continue while NMFS                      renewal of this proposed IHA as                       showing that the monitoring results do
                                                reviews the circumstances of the                        described in the paragraph below.                     not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
                                                incident. NMFS will work with SIO to                    Please include with your comments any                 not previously analyzed or authorized.
                                                determine whether additional                            supporting data or literature citations to               • Upon review of the request for
                                                mitigation measures or modifications to                 help inform our final decision on the                 renewal, the status of the affected
                                                the activities are appropriate.                         request for MMPA authorization.                       species or stocks, and any other
                                                                                                                                                              pertinent information, NMFS
                                                  (iii) In the event that SIO discovers an                 On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may                  determines that there are no more than
                                                injured or dead marine mammal, and                      issue a second one-year IHA without                   minor changes in the activities, the
                                                the lead observer determines that the                   additional notice when (1) another year               mitigation and monitoring measures
                                                injury or death is not associated with or               of identical or nearly identical activities           remain the same and appropriate, and
                                                related to the specified activities (e.g.,              as described in the Specified Activities              the original findings remain valid.
                                                previously wounded animal, carcass                      section is planned or (2) the activities
                                                with moderate to advanced                               would not be completed by the time the                  Dated: April 24, 2018.
                                                decomposition, or scavenger damage),                    IHA expires and a second IHA would                    Donna S. Wieting,
                                                SIO shall report the incident to the                    allow for completion of the activities                Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                NMFS Office of Protected Resources                      beyond that described in the Dates and                National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                within 24 hours of the discovery. SIO                   Duration section, provided all of the                 [FR Doc. 2018–08891 Filed 4–26–18; 8:45 am]
                                                shall provide photographs or video                      following conditions are met:                         BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES2




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:49 Apr 26, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\27APN2.SGM   27APN2



Document Created: 2018-04-27 01:45:45
Document Modified: 2018-04-27 01:45:45
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than May 29, 2018.
ContactJordan Carduner, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/ national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations- research-and-other-activities. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 18664 
RIN Number0648-XF98

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR